Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172020

OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 001-37931

GTY Technology Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Cayman IslandsN/A

Massachusetts

83-2860149

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1180 North Town Center Drive, Suite 100

Las Vegas, Nevada

89144

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’sRegistrant's telephone number, including area code:(702) (702) 945-2898

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share,

$0.0001 par value, and one-third of one warrant to purchase

one Class A ordinary share

NasdaqCommon Stock, Market LLC
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share

GTYH

Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares

Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrantregistrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large"large accelerated filer,” “accelerated" "accelerated filer,” “smaller" "smaller reporting company," and “emerging"emerging growth company”company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

¨

Accelerated filer

x

Non-accelerated filer  (Do not check if smaller reporting company)

¨

Smaller reporting company

¨

Emerging growth company

x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes x No ¨

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’sregistrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter June 30, 2017, was approximately $569.11$144 million based upon the closing sale price of our common stock of $10.31$4.17 on that date. This excludesAs of February 19, 2021, there were 56,748,709 shares of common stock, held by each director and officer and by each person known to own in excess of 5% of outstanding shares of our common stock at June 30, 2017. Exclusion of shares held by any person should not be construed to indicate that such person possesses the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant, or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant.

At March 16, 2018, there were 55,200,000 Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, and 13,800,000 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, issued and 55,130,927 outstanding.

Documents IncorporatedDOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Reference: None.Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2020, which definitive proxy statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Page

Page

PART I

2

Item 1.

Business

2

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

5

20

Item 1B.2.

Unresolved Staff CommentsProperties

29

33

Item 2.3.

PropertiesLegal Proceedings

29

33

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings29
Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

29

33

PART II

29

33

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

29

33

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

31

34

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

32

35

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

36

46

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

36

47

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

50

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

50

Item 9B.

Other Information

50

PART III

50

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

50

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

58

51

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

58

51

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

59

51

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

60

51

PART IV

61

51

Item 15.

Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

61

51

2

Table of Contents

PART I

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this report that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in thisThis Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  These statements include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include for example, statements about:

relating to:

·

the benefits of our ability to complete our initialFebruary 2019 business combination;combination (the business combination);

·the future financial performance of the Company, including our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;revenues, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses, ability to generate positive cash flow and ability to achieve profitability;
·the sufficiency of our officers and directors allocating their timecash to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest withmeet our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;liquidity needs;
·changes in the market for our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;products;
·our pool of prospective target businesses;expansion plans and opportunities; and
·other statements preceded by, followed by or that include the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;words “may,” “can,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target” or similar expressions.
·our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
·the lack of a market for our securities;
·the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account (as described herein) or available to us from interest income on the Trust Account balance; or
·our financial performance.

TheYou should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements contained in this report are based ondeciding whether to invest in our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involvesecurities. As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance tomay be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. TheseSome factors that could cause actual results to differ include:

public health crises, epidemics, and pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic;
the extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the duration, spread, severity, and any recurrence of the COVID-19 pandemic, the duration and scope of related government orders and restrictions, the impact on our employees, and the extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on overall demand for the Company’s cloud-based suite of solutions and related products and services;
local, regional, national, and international economic conditions that have deteriorated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic including the lack of funding for state and local governments, the risks of a global recession or a recession in one or more of our key markets, and the impact they may have on us and our customers and our assessment of that impact;

·

the risk that the ongoing integration of the businesses acquired in the business combination may disrupt current plans and operations;

the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the business combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition and the ability of the combined business to grow and manage growth profitably;
costs related to the business combination;
changes in applicable laws or regulations;
the risk that we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from our business to make payments on our debt;
the ability to raise or borrow additional funds on acceptable terms;
the possibility that we may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors; and
other risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report. Should one or moreReport on Form 10-K under “Risk Factors.”

3

Table of theseContents

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the time that they are made and do not necessarily reflect our outlook at any other point in time, and involve a number of judgments, risks or uncertainties materialize, orand uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.subsequent date. We do not undertake noany obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

PART I

References in this report to Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “GTY,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” or the “Company”and “our” refer to GTY Technology Holdings Inc. References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors, and references to the “Sponsor” refer to, a Massachusetts corporation (f/k/a GTY Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. References to our “initial shareholders” refer to the Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors.Govtech, Inc.).

Item 1. Business.

GTY Business Overview

GTY is a software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) company that offers a cloud-based suite of solutions for the public sector in North America. GTY brings government technology companies together to achieve a new standard in citizen engagement and resource management.  GTY solutions provide public sector organizations with the ability to communicate, engage, interact, conduct business, and transact with their constituents in procurement, payments, grants management, budgeting, and permitting.

IntroductionGTY operates  through  six subsidiaries: Bonfire Interactive Ltd., a Canadian company, and Bonfire Interactive Ltd., its U.S. subsidiary (together, “Bonfire”) provides strategic sourcing and procurement SaaS to enable confident and compliant spending decisions; CityBase, Inc. (“CityBase”) provides government payment solutions to connect constituents with utilities and government agencies; eCivis® Inc. (“eCivis”), offers a grants management system to maximize grant revenues and track performance; Open Counter Enterprises Inc. (“Open Counter”) provides government permitting SaaS to guide applicants through complex permitting and licensing procedures; Questica® Software Inc. and Questica USCDN Inc., Canadian companies, and Questica Ltd., a U.S. subsidiary (collectively, “Questica”) offer budget preparation and management SaaS and software to deliver on financial and non-financial strategic objectives; Sherpa Government Solutions LLC (“Sherpa”) provides public-sector budgeting SaaS, software and consulting services.

To attract, develop and retain personnel, we focus on a variety of factors. We design recruitment practices to attract and hire the best people in support of SaaS. Market-based compensation and benefits, adjusted to account for the specific states, provinces and countries in which we operate in North America, facilitate retention of the right people. Training provides our people with the skills they need to succeed in technology and in serving our public sector customers. Internal development opportunities, both in our business units and at GTY, facilitate career development and satisfaction from individual contributors to management to executives.

We arewere initially formed as a blank check company incorporated on August 11, 2016 as a Cayman Islands exempted company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “business combination”). We have reviewed, and continue to review, a numberbusinesses. Until the consummation of opportunities to enter into athe business combination butin 2019, we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a business combination with any of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with any other target business. We also have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on our business activities, the Company is a “shell company” as defined under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting almost entirely of cash.revenue.

On November 1, 2016, we consummated our initial public offering (the “initial public offering”) of 55,200,000 units, (the “units”), including the issuance of 7,200,000 units as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option in full. Each unit consistsconsisted of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitlesentitled the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds, before expenses, of $552 million. Prior to the consummation of the initial public offering, in August 2016, GTY Investors, LLC (the “Sponsor”) purchased 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “founder(“founder shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. On each of October 14 and October 26, 2016, the Companywe effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 11,500,000 and 13,800,000 founder shares outstanding, respectively. In October 2016, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of the Company’sour independent director nominees at the same per-share purchase price paid by the Sponsor.

Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, the Companywe consummated the private placement (“private placement”) of 8,693,334 warrants (“private placement warrants”),warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant, with the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of approximately $13.04 million.

4

Table of Contents

Upon the closing of the initial public offering and the private placement on November 1, 2016, $552 million ($10.00 per unit) from the net proceeds thereofof the sale of the units in the initial public offering and the private placement was placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (the “Trust Account”), and is invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the redemption of the Company’s public shares if the Company is unabletrustee.

Initially, we were required to complete aour initial business combination by November 1, 2018, subject to applicable law.

As of December 31, 2017, therewhich was approximately $556.8 million in investments and cash held in the Trust Account and approximately $561,000 of cash held outside the Trust Account, which excludes interest income available to us for tax obligations of approximately $4.8 million24 months from our investments in the Trust Account. As of December 31, 2017, no funds had been withdrawn from the Trust Account to pay taxes.

Effecting our initial business combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash held in the Trust Account, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

2

Selection of a target business and structuring of our initial business combination

While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any business industry or sector, we intend to focus on identifying a business combination opportunity in industries or sectors that complement our management team’s background, and to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and operate a business, focusing on the technology sector, including software and services, in the United States or globally. We believe our management team is well positioned to take advantage of the growing set of investment opportunities focused in the technology sector, including software and services, to create value for our shareholders, and that our contacts and sources, ranging from owners of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants and business brokers in this sector will allow us to generate attractive acquisition opportunities. Our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prohibits us from effectuating a business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations.

Nasdaq rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing of a definitive agreement in connection with the initial business combination. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the transactions together as our initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

The time required to evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. Prior to our initial business combination, we will not pay any consulting fees to members of our management team, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with our business combination.

Redemption rights for holders of public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination

We will provide our shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units sold in the initial public offering (the “public shares”) upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest, less income taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may hold in connection with the consummation of the initial business combination.

Conduct of redemptions pursuant to tender offer rules

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), we will, pursuant to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association: (a) conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and (b) file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

3

Submission of our initial business combination to a shareholder vote

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, and our initial shareholders and the other members of our management team have agreed to vote any public shares purchased during or after the initial public offering, in favor of our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, and our initial shareholders and the other members of our management team have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any public shares they may hold, in connection with the consummation of the business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases ofinitial public warrants could beoffering. On October 30, 2018, our shareholders approved a proposal to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Limitation on redemption rights upon completion of our initial business combination if we seek shareholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules,amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 ofto extend the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respectdate by which we had to more thanconsummate an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering) for or against our business combination.

4

Redemption of public shares and liquidation if no initial business combination

The Sponsor, our executive officers and directors have agreed that we will have untilfrom November 1, 2018 to completeMay 1, 2019. In connection with such proposal, our initial business combination. If we are unablepublic shareholders had the right to complete our initial business combination by November 1, 2018, we will: (i) cease all operations exceptelect to redeem their Class A ordinary shares for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-shareper share price, payable in cash, equal tobased upon the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less uptrust account. Our public shareholders holding 34,011,538 Class A ordinary shares out of a total of 55,200,000 Class A ordinary shares validly elected to $100,000 of interestredeem their shares and, accordingly, after giving effect to pay dissolution expensessuch redemptions, the balance in our trust account was approximately $216.8 million.

On February 19, 2019, we consummated the business combination pursuant to which we acquired Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica, and net of taxes payable)Sherpa (the “Acquisition”). Until the Acquisition, GTY Technology Holdings Inc., divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subjecta blank check company incorporated in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims(“GTY Cayman”) did not engage in any operations nor generate any revenues. 11,073,040 Class A ordinary shares were redeemed at a per share price of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by November 1, 2018.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cashapproximately $10.29 in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources availableshareholder vote to us for our initialapprove the business combination. In connection with the closing of the business combination, GTY Govtech, Inc. a Massachusetts corporation, became the parent company of and successor issuer by operation of Rule 12g-3(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act to our predecessor entity, GTY Cayman, and changed its name from GTY Govtech, Inc. to GTY Technology Holdings Inc.

Upon the closing of the business combination, all outstanding Class A ordinary shares were exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of common stock, and our outstanding warrants andbecame exercisable for shares of common stock on the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantagesame terms as were contained in successfully negotiating an initialsuch warrants prior to the business combination.

Bonfire Business Overview

Bonfire Interactive Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada, or Bonfire, was founded in 2012 and is a major provider of software technologies for the procurement and vendor or supplier sourcing industry across government, the broader public sector, and various highly-regulated commercial vertical markets.

Bonfire offers customers and their sourcing professionals a modern software as a service (“SaaS”) application that helps find, engage, evaluate, negotiate with, and award contracts to suppliers. Bonfire delivers effective workflow automation, data collection and analysis, and collaboration to drive cost savings, compliance, and strategic outcomes. All of Bonfire’s applications are delivered as a SaaS offering.

EmployeesIndustry Background

The North American public sector represents a significant market for procurement technology. Various levels of government and public sector agencies’ procurement processes account for an estimated 12% of gross domestic product for both the United States and Canada, which equals approximately $2.5 trillion per year for the United States and Canada combined. Despite this magnitude, however, most of these spending decisions are made via paper, off-the-shelf spreadsheet technologies, and legacy internet-based sourcing portals.

WeIn total, the North American public sector market includes over 99,000 cities, counties, towns, and other local government special agencies, and over 17,000 public institutions in academia, public healthcare, transit,  utilities, and general state and federal agencies as of the most recent US Census of Governments. Despite differences in revenue sources, service delivery, and organizational mandates, each government body or entity shapes its sourcing practices in similar ways in response to state and federal procurement legislation and the emergence of various best practices.

Each public body faces a similar challenge: how to procure the best good or service, for the best cost, within often rigid compliance and policy directives from elected bodies or other regulation.  This compliance- and policy-driven environment makes public sector procurement a significantly more complex and sensitive process than in the private sector. Public sector procurement teams are typically stewards of tax-payer resources, and are subjected to high sourcing scrutiny and ethics requirements. Such entities must balance competing interests like cost-savings, compliance, and quality to achieve uniquely positive outcomes.

5

Table of Contents

Public sector procurement groups are more regularly transitioning tools from offline workflows to online SaaS-enabled platforms to fulfill this mandate. Legacy internet-based portals and procurement suites often fail to respect the complexities of making procurement decisions in a public sector context. Many are mere systems of record and rudimentary interface points for buyers and suppliers. Many more fail to help procurement teams with the key functionalities of managing and analyzing supplier data for optimal sourcing decisions.

Bonfire uniquely captures the complexity and depth of public sector sourcing workflows; the SaaS allows procurement teams to collect highly granular supplier data, analyze and evaluate it across discrete criteria, and ultimately help procurement teams make the best possible decision as a balance of compliance, cost-savings, quality and fit.

Products and Services

Bonfire provides a comprehensive and flexible suite of products that addresses the procurement needs of predominantly public sector customers across academia, public healthcare, local and state government, transit, utilities, and various other state and federal agencies. Bonfire derives all revenues from subscription-based SaaS.

A description of Bonfire’s suites of products and services follows:

eRFx & eTendering

    Control for requests for proposals, or RFPs or RFx, and bids, streamlining the entire sourcing workflow from posting to award

    Vendor-friendly online portal to post opportunities and receive structured submissions

    Evaluation tools that give deep insights into suppliers’ relative strengths/weaknesses, pricing, and other areas

    Real-time overview of projects and key performance indicators, or KPIs

Contracts

    Contract information in one centralized, searchable, online platform

    Heat-mapped calendar view, reminders and KPIs

    Easy creation of contracts from completed projects

Vendor Performance

    Visibility into vendor performance

    Configure custom surveys for end users and set a cadence to automatically send

    Real-time insights to address issues immediately

Strategy

Bonfire’s objective is to grow its revenue and earnings organically, supplemented by focused strategic acquisitions.  The key components of its business strategy are to:

Provide high quality, value-added products to its customers.    Central to Bonfire’s success so far has been customer satisfaction and trust. Bonfire expects that it will continue to invest heavily in customer success.
Continue to expand its product offerings.    Bonfire intends to continue to build innovative new products for its customers. These include products that leverage the data stored in customers’ networks to help customers achieve better sourcing outcomes through predictive analytics, machine learning, blockchain, intra-agency collaboration, and other next-generation technologies.
Expand its customer base.    Continued customer growth is key for Bonfire’s strategy. Bonfire plans to continue building out its direct customer acquisition strategy while adding strategic channel relationships to aid.
Attract and retain highly qualified employees.    Bonfire’s business is dependent on attracting and retaining excellent managers and employees for product development, go-to-market, administrative, and support activities. Bonfire believes that its mission, scale of the opportunity, and unique culture will allow it to continue recruiting excellent staff.
Pursue selected strategic acquisitions.     Where appropriate, Bonfire plans to make strategic acquisitions of legacy portal providers as a way of quickening the adoption of Bonfire. This will allow Bonfire to grow revenues more rapidly than with a purely organic strategy, and to grow its supplier network and corresponding data.

6

Table of Contents

Sales, Marketing and Customers

Bonfire markets its products and services through direct, in-house sales and marketing personnel located in Canada and the United States.

Sales of new products and services are typically generated from outbound marketing and sales campaigns, tradeshows and conferences, word-of-mouth and referrals, and thought-leadership campaigns.

Competition

Bonfire competes with numerous local, regional, and national firms that provide or offer some or many of the same solutions that it provides. Many of these competitors are smaller companies that may be able to offer less expensive solutions than Bonfire’s. Many of these firms operate within a specific geographic territory or are in a narrow product or service niche. Bonfire also competes with national firms, some of which have greater financial and technical resources than Bonfire does, including SAP Ariba. Bonfire also occasionally competes with central internal information service departments of local governments, which requires it to persuade the end-user department to discontinue service by its own personnel and outsource the service to Bonfire.

Bonfire competes on a variety of factors, including price, service, name recognition, reputation, technological capabilities, and the ability to modify existing products and services to accommodate the individual requirements of the customer. Bonfire’s ability to offer an integrated system of applications for several offices or departments can be a competitive advantage. Local governmental units often are required to seek competitive proposals through a request for proposal process and some prospective customers use consultants to assist them with the proposal and vendor selection process.

Suppliers

Substantially all the computers, peripherals, printers, scanners, operating system software, office automation software, and other equipment necessary for the implementation and provision of Bonfire’s SaaS systems and services are currently have three executive officers. These individualsavailable from several third-party sources. Hardware is purchased on original equipment manufacturer or distributor terms at discounts from retail. Bonfire has not experienced any significant supply problems.

Research and Development

Bonfire invests substantial resources in research and development to improve its platform and develop new products and features. Bonfire’s research and development team is primarily responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of its products.

Intellectual Property, Proprietary Rights and Licenses

Bonfire regards certain features of its internal operations, SaaS, and documentation as confidential and proprietary and relies on a combination of contractual restrictions, trade secret laws and other measures to protect its proprietary intellectual property.  Bonfire currently does not rely on patents.  Bonfire believes that, due to the rapid rate of technological change in the SaaS industry, trade secrets and copyright protection are less significant than factors such as knowledge, ability and experience of its employees, frequent product enhancements, and timeliness and quality of support services. Bonfire typically licenses its SaaS products under non-exclusive agreements, which are generally non-transferable.

Employees

At December 31, 2020, Bonfire had 83 full-time employees. Bonfire’s employees are not obligatedcovered by any collective bargaining agreement and Bonfire has never experienced a work stoppage. Bonfire believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Properties

Bonfire leases and occupies approximately 21,000 square feet of office space in Ontario, Canada. Such lease expires on June 30, 2022.

7

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

Upon reasonable investigation, we are not aware of any current government regulations that negatively impact Bonfire’s business or ability to compete in its markets.

CityBase Business Overview

CityBase provides dynamic content, digital services, and integrated payments via a SaaS platform that includes functionality accessible via web and mobile, kiosk, point-of-sale, and other channels. CityBase SaaS integrates its platform to underlying systems of record, billing, and other source systems, and configures payments and digital services to meet the requirements of its customers. Its customers include government agencies and utility companies. CityBase, LLC was formed in Delaware on June 9, 2014. On June 21, 2016, CityBase, LLC was converted into a Delaware corporation, CityBase, Inc.

To complement and expand CityBase’s technology and customer base, on August 17, 2017, CityBase acquired 100% of the equity interests of the Department of Better Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in exchange for shares of CityBase common stock.

Industry Background

Currently, the government technology industry is composed of many legacy technology vendors (which typically use significant customization for implementation), consulting firms, in-house development, and manual processes that have never been digitized. CityBase anticipates that government will follow the digital transformation of the private sector as constituents will expect such digitalization, and ultimately such digitalization is expected to yield cost reductions and improved service to constituents. CityBase also expects a continued momentum amongst government staff and leaders to modernize government services. This future is not defined, but facilitated by, technology and will improve the way that people experience government.

Product and Service Offerings

CityBase provides an enterprise SaaS platform that facilitates government and utility interactions with customers. The key elements of its products and services are digital services and payments.

Digital Services

CityBase’s digital services make it easier for constituents to register, apply, search, and pay for government and utility services — and easier for staff to administer these services. “Digital services” includes solutions that address the common interactions that people have with the government or their utility provider, which are often paper-based today. CityBase digital services include configurable digital forms and case management tools that replace manual processes or improve existing online processes for government and utility customers. CityBase’s digital service tools help government and utility staff process constituent requests faster and more effectively.

Payments

The CityBase platform helps local governments and utilities accept, track, and manage payments from their constituents. CityBase facilitates payments that provide a modern user experience, integrate seamlessly with its customers’ existing systems, and are consistent across a large enterprise. The payment technology is available via channels, including web and mobile web, kiosk, and point-of-sale terminals. Its revenue management solution allows customers to manage system-wide payment activity as well as reconcile to individual transactions in one place.

Customers

CityBase’s customers include local and county governments and investor or municipal utility companies. Four of CityBase’s customers accounted for approximately 75% and 78% of CityBase’s total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

8

Table of Contents

Competition

The market for enterprise payment, data analytics, and communication platforms for local governments and utilities is competitive and evolving. CityBase faces competition from several types of internal approaches and independent providers:

Custom software or SaaS solutions developed by outside consultants or through internal efforts to provide partial- or full-suite offerings;
Software or SaaS vendors that have developed agency- or utility-specific systems for individual business cases, such as property tax payments, utility payments, or freedom of information requests;
Other SaaS solution providers; and
Payment processing solution vendors serving government and utilities.

Competitive factors in CityBase’s market may include the following:

Service
Price
Speed to implement
Citizen-centric design
Configurability and flexibility
Back office function for payment and banking reconciliation

CityBase believes that it compares favorably on the basis of these factors. Some of CityBase’s current competitors have, and future competitors may have, greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, greater resources to devote any specificto research and development, a broader range of products and services, larger marketing budgets, more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships, and/or longer operating histories, greater name recognition and other resources.

Government Regulation

As a contractor to various government agencies, CityBase is subject to certain restrictions in how it operates. Such restrictions may exist at the individual customer level and may include regulations that govern the fees that CityBase collects for its services or the ability of the government counterparty to terminate its contractual obligations.

Privacy and Data Security

In addition, as a facilitator of credit card payments, CityBase is subject to privacy and data protection laws and payment card industry best practices. CityBase is a Payment Card Industry (PCI) Level-1 compliant service provider hosted in an Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud environment. CityBase takes a number of hoursimportant measures to our matterspromote data privacy and data security, including adhering to the standards and requirements, as defined by the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), using tokenization, employing 24/7 fraud and tamper detection, real-time alerting, end-to-end encryption technology, and regularly scheduled internal and external penetration testing.

Research and Development

CityBase invests substantial resources in research and development to improve its platform and develop new products and features. CityBase’s research and development organization is primarily responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of its products and platform.

9

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

The success of CityBase depends, in part, on its ability to protect its brands and technologies against infringement and misappropriation. CityBase relies on a combination of contractual restrictions, confidentiality procedures, trade secret laws and other measures to protect its proprietary intellectual property.  CityBase does not currently own any patents or hold other intellectual property registrations to protect its intellectual property.

CityBase uses certain intellectual property licensed from third parties, including software made available to the public under open-source licenses. If any proprietary software does not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, CityBase believes that alternative software would be available, if necessary.

CityBase cannot be certain that its products and services do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. To the extent claims against CityBase are successful, it may have to pay substantial monetary damages or discontinue or modify certain products or services that are found to infringe another party’s rights.

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, CityBase had 71 full-time employees. CityBase also utilizes independent contractors to support certain technical and other functions, including implementation engineers, which assist on all phases of the web-based project lifecycle, from project definition through implementation.

CityBase employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement, and CityBase has never experienced a work stoppage. CityBase believes that its relations with its employees are good.

eCivis Business Overview

eCivis provides cloud-based grants management and cost allocation SaaS for state, local and tribal governments and other government entities. eCivis helps thousands of public agencies maximize their grant revenues, track financial and program performance, prepare cost allocation plans and budgets, and access free open data tools to make sense of federal data. eCivis’s solutions simplify grant pursuance, proposal development, budgeting, program implementation, performance, reporting, compliance and management of direct recipients and subrecipients in one single centralized enterprise system. eCivis was founded in Pasadena, California in 2000 with the help of local government leaders at the International City/County Management Association (ICMA).

Industry Background

eCivis has identified a major inefficiency in the flow of government funding between state and federal government and businesses, individuals and various local government entities. The grant funding process is inefficient, with the majority of local governments lacking essential human and technical resources to pursue and manage the grant process. Instead, staff members without formal training often attempt to fit grants management into their already heavy workload, without access to standardized forms, tools or processes, resulting in inefficient strategy and lost opportunities for funding. Data and information are rarely standardized and is entered into common back office tools such as spreadsheets and outdated grant management systems without comprehensive tracking and integration functions. Furthermore, currently existing fund management systems may be unable to monitor the proper use of funds, leading to potential mismanagement and even risk of loss and misappropriation of funds. Competitive grants are time sensitive and require immediate attention whereas procurement and internal sources take time to be approved. eCivis provides products and services that can be deployed quickly and with little technical support to address the time sensitive nature of these grant funds.

eCivis’s Products and Services

The eCivis solution consists of three core cloud-based products including eCivis Grants Network®, a full lifecycle grants management solution consisting of grants acquisition, grantee management, and grantor management SaaS, eCivis Allocate®, a cost allocation solution, and FundMax®, a full-service solution designed to maximize federal and non-federal funds, including maximizing cost reimbursements using a suite of innovative digital tools and expert support. eCivis also offers one-time implementation services including data integration, grants data migration and change management. Additionally, eCivis provides ongoing grants management training and cost allocation plan development and consulting.

10

Table of Contents

eCivis Grants Network©; Grants Acquisition SaaS

eCivis Grants Network©; Grantee Acquisition SaaS provides customers with the ability to manage the entire planning and grant pursuance process by integrating each step from project creation to grant award, so that stakeholders can eliminate unnecessary steps and systems required to secure the right funding for their projects. Users can determine grant award eligibility and financial requirements, create and track projects requiring funding, track goals and objectives for funding, and assign various metrics to review and track organizational performance. The platform provides customers with the ability to search for federal, state and foundation grants, all identified, analyzed and summarized by eCivis’s full-time professional research staff. Such grants can be searched with an easy-to-use advanced multi-factor search engine and reviewed via organized standard tabs to effectively identify the most relevant grants. Users can review application files and e-mail grants to internal and external recipients, as well as save or assign grants to internal projects. Built-in compliance tools help determine and confirm whether internal proposals and costs align with applicable federal and non-federal guidelines.

eCivis Grants Network; Grantee Management SaaS

eCivis Grants Network Grantee Management SaaS Solution allows users to manage the entire grant process, from sourcing grant application to closeout as a grantee. Some of the key features of the Grants Management SaaS solution include the ability to: organize projects and grants by organizational departments, review an enterprise-wide view of all grant activities, and access advanced workflows and robust management reporting systems. Users can build and save template reports for internal and external reporting, setup required tasks at various post-award stages, integrate project tasks with e-mail calendars, manage the communication and approval of budget amendments, and access a myriad of other features and functions. Users are also able to organize and connect financial data to and from enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) and general ledger against grant budgets using data integration functions — over thirty data integrations with government ERP and general ledger are provided to serve this function. Additionally, eCivis also maps compliance requirements into standard available actions across the entire grant lifecycle, and provides a library of resource that can be accessed at any time to understand 2 CFR 200 guidelines.

eCivis Grants Network; Grantor Management SaaS

eCivis Grants Network; Grantor Management SaaS provides grantors and its applicants and grantees with the opportunity to interact with each other in a modern and scalable platform. Today’s grant portals are not built to make the experience great for the grantor and the grantee. A grantor solution will track performance history, organize reimbursement requests, streamline communication, manage reporting requirements to support payments to deliver transparency of all grantee activities across all of your departments and agencies. Some of the key features of this platform include the ability to create and track grant solicitation, score and record decisions on applicants, check eligibility data, track application history, track and share performance metrics for grant goals and objectives, allocate and track multiple funding sources, track pre-award grant activity by department, project, Category of Federal Domestic Assistance, and other categories.

eCivis AllocateTM; Cost Allocation SaaS

eCivis AllocateTM tracks and compares expenditures and allocation basis by fiscal years, and provides a concise methodology for budgeting and program delivery planning. The platform allows users to: maximize efficiency by minimizing time spent entering and reviewing data and producing cost and plans reports, maximize grant and program funding through cost recovery and allocation, provide a clear and concise methodology to assist in developing budgets and planning program delivery, and determine full, defensible, indirect costs to include in ICRPs, hour rates, user fees, and SB90 claims.

eCivis FundMaxTM; Cost Allocation SaaS

eCivis FundMaxTM is a full-service solution designed to maximize federal and non-federal funds, including maximizing cost reimbursements using a suite of innovative digital tools and expert support. The reimbursements from FundMaxTM can generate the required funding to properly implement and utilize eCivis solutions.

11

Table of Contents

Consulting and Training

eCivis’s team of experienced consultants and support staff provide training to improve planning, acquisition and effective management of federal and non-federal grants. Further, eCivis’s strategic grant development and grant writing service helps stakeholders develop a comprehensive solution leading to sustainable grant success by helping customers, among other things: (i) thoroughly understand key initiatives and internal projects eligible for grant funding, (ii) research grants that align to internal initiatives and organizational priorities to fill existing gaps, (iii) access organizational capacity to apply for grants successfully, (iv) align internal procurement processes and resources to pursue grant opportunities in a more efficient and effective way, and (v) draft grant proposals and provide strategic advice and consulting services to shape priorities per grant funding notices. Finally, the platform also offers a wide array of expert guides and other resources to its users.

Revenues, Sales and Marketing

eCivis derives its revenues primarily from subscription services and professional services. No single contract or customer represents a disproportionate percentage of revenue. eCivis’s subscription services revenue primarily consists of fees that provide customers access to either its grant management or cost allocation cloud applications. Such subscriptions are typically one to three years in length, and are priced based on a number of factors, including the number of users having access to the products and the number of products purchased by the customer. eCivis’s professional services revenues primarily consist of fees for data integration with the customer’s systems and the eCivis grant management application, migration of grants, training, and grant writing services.

eCivis focuses its sales and marketing efforts towards local, state and tribal governments and sells its solution to this market primarily through its direct sales force. The length of its sales cycle depends on the size of the potential customer and contract, as well as the type of solution or product being purchased. The sales cycle of its state government customer is generally longer than that of its local government customers. As eCivis continues to focus on increasing its average contract size and selling more advanced products, it expects its sales cycle to lengthen and become less predictable, which could cause variability in results for a particular period. Additionally, the nature, complexity and extent of its implementations will also increase, which may increase eCivis’s professional services revenues as a percentage of its overall revenues.

Research and Development

eCivis invests substantial resources in research and development to improve its platform and develop new products and features. eCivis’ research and development organization is primarily responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of its products and platform.

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, eCivis had 62 full-time employees. eCivis also employs independent contractors to support grant services, web development, research publishing and editing, fit-gap analysis, change management, implementation services and marketing. eCivis’s employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement and eCivis has never experienced a work stoppage. eCivis believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Intellectual Property

eCivis does not own any patents. eCivis owns the registered trademarks: “ECIVIS”, “GRANTS NETWORK”, “NONPROFIT ONE-STOP” and “COSTTREE”.

Government Regulation

There are no current government regulations that negatively impact eCivis’s business or ability to compete in its markets.

12

Table of Contents

Open Counter Business Overview

Open Counter builds SaaS to streamline municipal permitting and licensing. The company markets permit discovery portals, which help constituents to learn about permit requirements and costs, as well as permit and licensing intake forms, which allow constituents to apply and pay for permits online. By automating the permit discovery and permit application steps, these tools reduce the need for in-person meetings, and streamline the review and approval process for agency staff.

Open Counter’s Products and Services

Open Counter offers the following permit discovery portals and applications:

The Business Portal helps entrepreneurs understand the costs and complexity of establishing a business in a particular jurisdiction. The tool aims to provide a comprehensive picture of permitting requirements.
The Residential Portal educates homeowners about the rules and regulations regarding residential additions, alterations, and new construction to help plan projects and remain in compliance with city code enforcement.
The Special Events Portal helps applicants understand the process involved in hosting a special event in a public space by handling site selection, cost estimation, and event scheduling.
ZoningCheck shows applicants where a particular project is permitted, conditionally permitted, or prohibited according to the local zoning code.  This helps applicants to understand where their project is allowed, and reduces the risk of projects moving forward in areas that are not zoned for the use. ZoningCheck is often paired with the Business, Residential and Special Events Portals, although it is also offered as a stand-alone product.
Online Applications allow applicants to apply and pay for permit and license applications online. Incoming applications are routed to agency staff for review and approval. Approved permits are issued electronically through the tool.

As part of the deployment of these products, Open Counter also offers configuration services to set up and maintain the Portals on behalf of municipal customers.

Competition

There are a number of companies that offer permitting and licensing software or SaaS to municipal governments. These include Accela, Infor, and Tyler, among others. These companies built their software with an emphasis on the requirements of city staff users, with a lesser emphasis on the applicant experience.

By focusing on the applicant experience, Open Counter found a unique niche in the market: permit discovery. While competitors allow applicants to submit permit and license applications online, their SaaS typically assumes that the applicant knows which permits and licenses are required, and the costs of those permits and licenses. In contrast, Open Counter’s SaaS guides the applicant through the permit discovery process by calculating the impact of applicable zoning regulations on the choice of location and planned use, the permits required for the project, and the necessary permit fees. Open Counter’s SaaS also alerts applicants about the professional licensure requirements for specific permits, such as whether a licensed contractor, electrician or plumber is needed on their project team. By automating these determinations, Open Counter has addressed an in-person step referred to as a “pre-application meeting,” which is a time-consuming step for both applicants and city staff.

Because Open Counter is offered as a SaaS solution, its annual pricing is significantly lower than the legacy systems, which have traditionally been on-premise software under perpetual license agreements.

Some of Open Counter’s competition provide permit discovery products that explain the permitting process in general terms. While helpful, these materials do not provide information tailored to specific projects. For example, a restaurant with outdoor seating, live entertainment, and alcohol service may require a different set of permits (with higher costs), than one without those options.  Many cities offer PDF documents with this kind of information. For example, San Francisco and Los Angeles offer detailed “Business Portals,” but they intendare still based on templatized content.

13

Table of Contents

By focusing on permit discovery, Open Counter has remained agnostic to devotethe back-end systems used by cities. This means that we can launch Open Counter products in cities using Accela, Infor, or Tyler, and other competitors, without coming into direct competition with offerings from those companies.

Research and Development

Open Counter invests substantial resources in research and development to improve its platform and develop new products and features. Open Counter’s research and development organization is primarily responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of its products and platform.

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, Open Counter had 16 full-time employees. Open Counter’s employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement and Open Counter has never experienced a work stoppage.  Open Counter believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Intellectual Property

Open Counter owns a trademark on the Open Counter name. The company does not hold any patents.

Government Regulation

There are no current government regulations that negatively impact Open Counter’s business or Open Counter’s ability to compete in the markets it pursues.

Questica Business Overview

Questica offers budgeting SaaS, performance management, and transparency and data visualization solutions throughout North America. Questica was founded by TJ Parass in Ontario, Canada in 1998. Questica uses its 20 years of experience to provide public sector organizations with access to a complete budgeting, performance, transparency and citizen engagement toolkit to better enable data-driven budgeting and decision-making, while increasing data accuracy, saving time and improving stakeholder trust. Questica’s solutions are sold to 807 customers as muchof December 31, 2020, which include state and local governments and public sector organizations such as healthcare, education and not-for-profit organizations.

Questica’s Products and Services

Questica has four primary products: (i) Budget; (ii) Performance; (iii) OpenBook®; and (iv) BudgetBook powered by CaseWare.

Budget

Questica’s Budget is a web-based, multi-user budgeting preparation and management solution that provides all budgeting SaaS requirements in one easy-to-access place. Budget is a comprehensive, streamlined budgeting SaaS product that enables users to improve and shorten an organization’s budgeting cycle by ensuring an accurate and collaborative multi-user budgeting process. It provides multi-year capital budgeting, identifies expenditures and funding sources, provides salary and position planning and performance management modules, supports the creation of future looking financial statements, enables advanced analytics and provides an integrated dashboard that shows all critical data and other relevant information together in an interactive interface. Budget directly and seamlessly integrates with Questica’s other products, which are described below, as well as the Balancing Act budget simulator created by Engaged Public, a Colorado-based public policy consulting firm with which Questica has had a business relationship since August 2018.

Performance

Questica’s Performance is a management performance measurement tool which permits users to obtain a complete view of performance across an organization. Performance, which can integrate with Budget, leverages financial and statistical data from an unlimited number of budget and non-budget key performance indicators to effectively measure

14

Table of Contents

performance by tracking an organization’s progress in converting its objectives and goals into desired outcomes. Performance can incorporate data from a variety of other sources such as ERP systems.

OpenBook

Questica’s OpenBook is a data visualization SaaS that enables the presentation of financial and non-financial data with descriptive text, informational pop-ups, charts and graphs and includes fast information search functionality. OpenBook, which can integrate with Budget, can display capital infrastructure projects on a map, including the budget data, actual spend, funding sources and accompanying documentation, images, video and other multimedia assets.  By facilitating the sharing and communication of financials and other data, OpenBook is used by organizations to communicate strategic plans, fundraising and community initiatives, disclose to citizens how tax dollars are spent, and engage with stakeholders regarding plans, projects and issues. Organizations can also link related activities to showcase the depth and scope of capital projects that are happening in a city, region, state, province or country.

Budget Book powered by CaseWare

Questica’s Budget Book powered by CaseWare is a user-friendly and comprehensive document management and financial reporting tool that allows government agencies to create, collaborate, edit, approve and publish annual budget books. Budget Book integrates with Budget and leverages CaseWare's flexible, comprehensive, and automated PSAB reporting software solution. The budget book standards for the Government Financial Officers Association’s annual Distinguished Budget Presentation Award were used to develop the standard budget book preparation model for Budget Book’s interface, permitting agencies to easily prepare professional and compliant budget books that are often very time and resource intensive to produce.

Competition

The competitive landscape for budgeting SaaS, software, performance management, and transparency and data visualization solutions varies depending on the type of solution, the size of the organizations to be served and the geographical locations in which such organizations operate, but in most cases the solutions with which Questica competes are ERP solutions, Microsoft’s Excel and home-grown solutions designed by the organizations themselves.

Questica believes the principal competitive factors in its markets include:

Cost
Technology
User Interface
Customer Service
Integration
Public Sector Focus and Expertise
Product Breadth
Implementation Track Record

Questica believes that it competes favorably based on these factors.

While there are a number of competitors seeking to provide such solutions, the primary competitors include Oracle’s Hyperion Planning, Sherpa, ClearGov, Public Sector Digest Software, MyBudgetFile, Allovue Balance, Adaptive Insights (Workday), Kaufman Hall, OpenGov and Centage’s Budget Maestro, which each compete to differing degrees across the spectrum of organizations, geographical locations and vertical markets in which Questica operates. Questica has emerged as a market leader or strong market participant for each type of solution that it provides among these primary competitors.

15

Table of Contents

Questica has focused on establishing relationships with potential customers as early in the process as possible through cold calling, email campaigns, trade show attendance and sponsorships, web marketing, partner referrals and Questica-sponsored regional events. Questica leverages existing customer references and its broad knowledge and understanding of the public sector and the unique budgeting challenges these customers face to compete with its primary competitors. Questica additionally differentiates itself by solely focusing its product development on the public sector and does not sell or market its products into any other types of customers.

Questica has a sales organization that sells its products, sometimes working with referral partners who sell complimentary solutions. In addition, Questica utilizes distribution relationships with partners who sell, implement and provides basic support services to customers and has a number of referral arrangements with partners who introduce Questica’s products to their customers and receive a referral fee for Questica contracts.

Questica is not dependent on any one customer with no customers representing more than 10% of total revenues during each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Research and Development

Questica invests substantial resources in research and development to improve its platform and develop new products and features. Questica’s research and development organization is primarily responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of its products and platform.

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, Questica had 103 full-time employees. None of Questica’s employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement and Questica has never experienced a work stoppage. Questica believes that its relations with its employees are good.

Intellectual Property

Questica does not hold any patents but has registered trademarks for “QUESTICA” in the U.S. and Canada and has applied for trademarks for “OPENBOOK” and “WHERE BRILLIANT BEGINS” in the U.S. and Canada.

Government Regulation

There are no current government regulations that negatively impact Questica’s business or Questica’s ability to compete in the markets it pursues. However, there are regulations related to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) that are relevant to Questica’s customers that could in the future necessitate changes to Questica’s products to be compliant, and if not addressed, could negatively impact Questica’s ability to compete for new business.

Sherpa Business Overview

Sherpa is a leading provider of public sector budgeting SaaS, perpetual license software and consulting services that help state and local governments create and manage budgets and performance. Customers purchase Sherpa SaaS or perpetual license software and engage Sherpa consulting services to configure the software and train customers.  Following the implementation, customers continue to use the software while paying maintenance or subscription fees.

Sherpa’s customers benefit from a system that simplifies the budgeting process, encourages collaboration and provides detailed projections on substantial portions of their budgets. Increased access to data, including instant aggregation of the budget requests, means customers can spend more time analyzing data and less time collecting it and formatting outputs. Sherpa’s business consulting provides access to lessons learned from over 150 public sector budgeting implementations and consultants with a median of 22 years of experience in budgeting and performance management.

Sherpa’s contracts are composed of three types: (i) short-term services contracts for software implementation of three to twelve months; and (ii) on-going maintenance of one-to-five year renewable periods; and (iii) optional full service maintenance, which offers clients full system administration functions, renewable annually.  Due to the investment made

16

Table of Contents

in implementing the SaaS or perpetual license software and the quality of the solution and support, retention rates are very high.

Industry Background

Public sector budgeting has been traditionally performed by either spreadsheet that are compiled by a central office or home-grown systems. Due to the sheer amount of data and publication requirements needed by public sector organizations, using this traditional process can be challenging. Most budget processes experience a significant amount of data re-entry and re-stating, manual compilation and extensive data verification and often rely on a mostly manual preparation of required publications. While products that meet some budgeting software or SaaS requirements exist in the market, many are overly complicated to implement, priced at a point that exceeds the reservation points of most government organizations, or were built for private sector functions. Sherpa’s product is flexible enough to meet complex requirements while also scalable to lower budget customers.

Sherpa’s Products and Services

Sherpa provides public sector SaaS or perpetual license budgeting software to meet the needs of key stakeholders, executive and legislative branches, budget offices and department users. The key elements of Sherpa’s offerings are: (i) a highly configurable SaaS or perpetual license software; (ii) an experienced consulting team; and (iii) a long-term support model.

Highly Configurable SaaS and Software

Sherpa’s SaaS and software were designed to be configured by functional staff with no changes to the underlying code. Implementation teams are comprised of functional experts, not technical experts, who are able to understand business requirements and demonstrate configured SaaS or software immediately after requirements meetings. This means customers see their future solution throughout the process and can make refinements without having to wait for an entire build phase to complete.

Consulting

The members of Sherpa’s consulting team have a median of 22 years of targeted public sector budgeting experience and together have implemented over 150 public sector budgeting projects. This experience is invaluable to customers for several reasons. Customers can quickly explain their processes and Sherpa’s team will understand without multiple iterations, meaning customers dedicate a significantly lower amount of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until weengagements. When customers seek advice, Sherpa can refer them to dozens of relevant examples where other similar customers have completed our initialfaced similar challenges. Sherpa has many innovative customers whose collective thought leadership is channeled through Sherpa’s implementation team. Sherpa’s team has seen what has worked and what has not, so Sherpa can offer counsel on business combination. The amountprocesses redesign including recommended timing relative to the software project.

Support

Sherpa’s support model is designed to enable customers to use Sherpa’s software for the long term, traversing changes in economic conditions, leadership, policy, and staff. As part of time they will devote inSherpa’s basic maintenance model, customers can reach out to their consulting team at any time periodto get assistance, answers to questions or support with activities that are rarely done, such as annual rollovers. This results in customers getting answers to questions immediately, without the struggles of reporting issues through a chain of support staff who are not familiar with the customer processes and configuration.

Revenues

Sherpa currently earn revenues from three main sources: (i) consulting services for implementations and business process design; (ii) SaaS and software fees; and (iii) maintenance fees. Consulting services are composed of one-time implementation fees and system administrator services, where Sherpa serves as the customer’s system administrator, typically to provide coverage in stretched budget offices or to cover turnover. Software fees are made up of both perpetual license fees and subscription fees. Maintenance fees are annual fees paid by perpetual license customers to have access to customer support and software upgrades.  Hosting services are also provided but are mostly pass-through to Sherpa’s

17

Table of Contents

hosting providers. Sherpa generally relies on approximately 30 customers for each of its three main revenue sources in a given fiscal year, which are mostly comprised of state and local governments.

Sales and Marketing

Sherpa’s primary method of securing sales to date is through responses to requests for proposals.  In addition, Sherpa’s target audience actively communicates with similar public sector organizations, which leads to word-of-mouth sales. To grow sales beyond responses to requests for proposals and word-of-mouth referrals, Sherpa employs the following sales and marketing strategies:

Limited conferences where decision-makers attend;
Partnerships with leading ERP Vendors
Pre-sales work to introduce customers to Sherpa’s offering; and
Selling via cooperative agreements.

Revenue Growth

Sherpa’s primary focus for revenue growth is to ensure Sherpa’s current customer base maintains a high degree of customer satisfaction.  Sherpa believes that high retention of recurring revenue is critical to create the foundation for revenue growth. Sherpa also believes that high customer satisfaction provides secondary benefits, including strong references and willingness to promote the product and team.

Growing Existing Markets

Sherpa’s goals for growth focus on verticals with which Sherpa has had the most success: cities, counties and states. Sherpa’s targeted market of large, complex customers has a total available market of 450 counties, 300 cities, 49 states and 600 state agencies. There are also a large number of K-12 opportunities, which Sherpa pursues selectively due to their unique requirements.

New Markets

There are additional verticals where Sherpa’s product applies, such as federal government agencies which may be considered for long-term growth.

Technology and Operations

Sherpa’s technology leverages Microsoft’s widely used SQL Server, which is a relational database management system, and .NET software framework.  The power of Sherpa’s application is derived from Sherpa’s investment in on-screen configuration, all of which is stored in the database, meaning code updates do not have customer-specific features. Since each customer has unique requirements which must be met due to statutory requirements or policy, Sherpa’s solution was built to be flexible enough to meet these requirements without code changes or customer customizations. With Sherpa’s experience with multiple other budgeting systems, Sherpa’s product was built from the ground up with the specific focus on how to create outputs in an efficient manner.  Reports are fast and easy to create due to the strong design.

Sherpa’s technology infrastructure for hosted customers is provided by Amazon Web Services and is maintained by Sherpa’s vendor at Smart Panda Labs. We have multiple hosting sites. Approximately one-third of Sherpa’s customer base is serviced on-premises. Sherpa’s objective is to provide uninterrupted service 24 hours per day and seven days a week, and Sherpa’s operations maintain extensive backup, security and disaster recovery procedures.

Sherpa’s solutions are scalable and can be set up quickly for new customers. The average time to stand up a new environment is less than one day. Due to low incidences of system issues, most customers take upgrades only once per year, allowing them to complete their budget cycle uninterrupted.

18

Table of Contents

Competition                                                           

Nearly every competitive request for proposals in the budget space will have five or more bidders. Historically, very few are truly competitive across all scoring areas. Sherpa believes that the principal factors upon which its businesses compete are:

SaaS and Software capabilities — Sherpa’s SaaS and software generally meets over 98% of requirements
Implementation team experience — Sherpa’s team members have extensive, targeted experience
Support model — Sherpa’s customers have direct contact with Sherpa’s implementation team without a tiered support model
References — References are strong, with surveys resulting in a 9.9/10 average score
Price — Sherpa is generally in the 50th percentile in pricing among competitors for large to mid-sized customers

Sherpa believes Sherpa competes favorably with respect to all of the above-listed factors. Sherpa’s main competitors are much larger than Sherpa and have an advantage in name recognition.  However, Sherpa believes that in public sector budgeting most decision makers are focused on procuring the best possible product and rarely factor in company size once they are satisfied with the long-term prospects of the offering.

All of Sherpa’s prospective customers have preexisting financial and human resources solutions, meaning that Sherpa also faces competition with legacy product offerings. Companies such as Infor, Workday, SAP and Oracle have a substantial market share of financial and human resources software and SaaS, which means they can up-sell their products, often without formal procurements. Sherpa has found, however, that most customers are not satisfied with enterprise resource planning budget products and are moving to best-in-breed for products such as budgeting, grants and strategic sourcing.

Sherpa’s primary competitors in the market vary based on whetherby customer size:

Large, complex customers with over $10 billion in budget; competitors are larger, established companies such as Questica, Oracle, SAP and CGI. Integrators include Grant Thornton, Deloitte, Accenture, Ernst and Young.
Mid-sized customers with between $1 billion to $10 billion in budget; Questica and lower-priced integrators of expensive products such as Oracle or scaled-down offerings of the more expensive products.
Smaller customers with less than $1 billion in budget: Sherpa enters this space selectively, but there is more competition at this level due to price sensitivity.

Research and Development

Sherpa invests substantial resources in research and development to improve its platform and develop new products and features. Sherpa’s research and development organization is primarily responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of its products and platform.

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, Sherpa had 13 employees. Sherpa also employs independent contractors to support Sherpa’s hosting environments. Sherpa’s employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement and Sherpa has never experienced a targetwork stoppage. Sherpa believes that its relations with its employees are good.

19

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

There are no current government regulations that negatively impact Sherpa’s business has been selected for our initial business combinationor ability to compete in its markets. However, there are regulations related to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and the stage ofAmericans with Disabilities Act (ADA) that are relevant to Sherpa’s customers that could in the business combination process we are in. We dofuture necessitate changes to Sherpa’s products to be compliant, and if not intendaddressed, could negatively impact Sherpa’s ability to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.compete for new business.

Available Information

We are required to file Annual Reports on Form 10-Kannual, quarterly and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qcurrent reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (the “SEC”) on a regular basis, andor the SEC. Our SEC filings are requiredalso available to disclose certain material events in a Current Report on Form 8-K. Thethe public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation ofinternet at a website maintained by the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website is located at http://www.sec.gov.

Our website address is www.gtytechnology.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, the following documents as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC: our Annual Reports on Form 10-K; our proxy statements for our annual and special shareholder meetings; our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q; our Current Reports on Form 8-K; Forms 3, 4 and 5 and Schedules 13D; and amendments to those documents.  The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all ofconsider the risks described below together with the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the prospectus associated with our initial public offering and the registration statement of which such prospectus forms a part, before making a decision to invest in our securities. Ifan investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. Inthese risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that event, thewe currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you couldmay lose all or part of your investment.

Our risk factors are grouped into the following categories:

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industries;
Risks Relating to SaaS, the Internet, and Technology;
Public Sector-Related Risk Factors; and
General Risk Factors.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industries

The ongoing integration of the business, management and operations of Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica and Sherpa may prove difficult, disrupt our business and operations, divert management attention and adversely affect the business and financial results of our consolidated company.

We are a recently formedcompleted the business combination in February 2019, which we continue to believe will result in benefits and synergies, including our goal of establishing an efficiently integrated public sector SaaS company with nothrough our six operating historysubsidiaries. Together, we have believed and no revenues,continue to believe they can offer solutions to North American state and you have no basislocal governments that may not otherwise be achievable by any one individual business on which to evaluateits own. However, our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently formed company established underrealize these anticipated benefits depends on the lawsfinal, successful integration of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until completing a business combination. Because we have no operating history and have no operating results, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our business combination with one or more targetsix businesses. We have no current arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination andThe consolidated company may be unable to complete our business combination. If we fail to complete our business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination ifrealize the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approveanticipated benefits of the business combination we complete.for a variety of reasons, including the following:

5the inability to complete the integration of the businesses in a timely and cost-efficient manner or do so without adversely impacting revenue, operations and cash flows;

20
the failure of our management team to successfully manage the consolidated business and operations of a public company;
expected synergies or operating efficiencies failing to materialize in whole or part, or not occurring within expected time-frames;
the failure to successfully manage relationships with each company’s customers and their operating results and businesses generally (including the diversion of management time to react to new and unforeseen issues);
the failure or inability to timely and efficiently integrate and establish new sales forces without materially adversely impacting our relationships with customers;
the failure to accurately estimate the potential markets and market shares for the consolidated business’s products, the nature and extent of competitive responses to the business combination and the ability of the consolidated to achieve or exceed projected market growth rates;
the inability to attract key personnel or to retain key personnel with unique talents, expertise or background knowledge as a consequence of both voluntary and involuntary employment actions;
the failure to successfully advocate the benefits of the consolidated for existing and potential customers or general uncertainty regarding the value proposition of the combined entity or its products;
difficulties forecasting financial results;
failures in our financial reporting, including those resulting from system implementations in the context of the integration, our ability to report or forecast financial results of the consolidated and our inability to successfully discover and assess and integrate into our reporting system, any of which may adversely impact our ability to make timely and accurate filings with the SEC and other domestic and foreign governmental agencies; and
the potential that we continue to not be fully aware of the risks and potential liabilities of any of Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica or Sherpa.

Your only opportunityThe ongoing integration may result in additional and unforeseen expenses or delays, distract management from other revenue or acquisition opportunities, and increase the consolidated business’s expenses and working capital requirements, particularly in the short-term. If we are unable to affectsuccessfully complete the investment decision regardingintegration of our businesses and operations in a potentialtimely manner, the anticipated benefits of the business combination may not be fully realized, or at all, or may take longer to realize than anticipated. Should any of the foregoing or other currently unanticipated risks arise, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely impacted.

Our goodwill and other long-lived assets are subject to potential impairment that could negatively impact our earnings.

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and other long-lived assets, the carrying value of which may be reduced if we determine that those assets are impaired. As of December 31, 2020, we had $385.7 million of goodwill and net intangible assets, comprising approximately 89% of our total assets. If actual results differ from the assumptions and estimates used in our goodwill and long-lived asset valuation calculations, we could incur impairment charges, which would negatively impact our earnings.

During the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period beginning February 19, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (the “2019 Successor Period”), we recognized a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $2.0 million and $32.2 million related to the Acquisition, respectively. The fair value of the goodwill related to the Acquisition continues to be sensitive to changes in projections for revenue growth and earnings. Numerous risks may cause that fair value to fall below its carrying amount or the value of long-lived assets to not be recoverable. These risks include, but are not limited to, significant negative variances between actual and expected financial results, lowered expectations of future financial results, failure to fully realize anticipated synergies from acquisitions, adverse changes in the exercisebusiness climate, and the loss of your rightkey personnel. If we are not able to redeem your sharesachieve projected performance levels, future impairments could be possible, which could negatively impact our earnings.

21

Certain liabilities resulting from usacquisitions are estimated and could lead to a material impact on earnings.

As a result of our acquisition activities, we recorded liabilities for cash.future contingent earnout payments that are settled in cash or through the issuance of common stock. Not all of those payments have been made, and the fair value of these liabilities is assessed on a quarterly basis. Changes in assumptions used to determine the amount of such liabilities or a change in the fair value of our common stock could lead to an adjustment that may have a material impact, favorable or unfavorable, on our results of operations. For additional information regarding our contingent earnout liabilities, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations” and Note 3 of our Financial Statements.

Our failure to generate sufficient cash flows from our business to make payments on our debt would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

You will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluateOn November 13, 2020, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement by and among the specific merits or risksCompany, each of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding our initial business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders own 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders and management team also maysubsidiary guarantors from time to time purchase Class A ordinary sharesparty thereto (each a “Guarantor,” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto (each, a “Lender,” and, collectively, “Lenders”), and Acquiom Agency Services LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, as agent for the Lenders (the “Loan and Security Agreement” and the facility thereunder, the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility is a senior secured term loan facility that provides for borrowing of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of 30 months from the borrowing of the term loans. On the closing date, we fully drew on the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility replaced our prior $12,000,000 unsecured credit facility. The Loan and Security Agreement is supported by a security interest in our assets and the assets of the Guarantors party to the Loan and Security Agreement and to related guaranty agreements. Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance the Credit Facility and any additional debt obligations we may incur depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, and other factors that may be beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash flows from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and to make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows or if our results of operations cause us to fail to comply with our financial covenants, we may be required to take one or more actions, including refinancing our debt, significantly reducing expenses, renegotiating our debt covenants, restructuring our debt, selling assets or obtaining additional capital, each of which may be on terms that may be onerous, highly dilutive or disruptive to our initial business combination.business. Our second amendedability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, if we seek shareholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial shareholders and management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with such a business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination may be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

6

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination by November 1, 2018, which is the date that is 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

time. We may not be able to completeengage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on commercially reasonable or acceptable terms, which could result in a default on our initial business combination withinobligations, including under the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease allCredit Facility.

Our Credit Facility restricts our operations, except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeemparticularly our public shares and liquidate.ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions regarding our business.

 

WeThe Loan and Security Agreement  contains various customary covenants that limit or prohibit the Company’s ability to, among other things, (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; (ii) pay certain dividends on its capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire, or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or subordinated indebtedness or make certain other restricted payments; (iii) make certain loans, acquisitions, capital expenditures or investments; (iv) sell certain assets, including stock of its subsidiaries; (v) enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions; (vi) create or incur certain liens; (vii) consolidate, merge, sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; (viii) enter into certain transactions with its affiliates; and (ix) engage in certain business activities. A violation of the covenants under the Loan and Security Agreement may result in default or an event of default.

The Loan and Security Agreement also contains customary events of default that include, among other things, certain payment defaults, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, change of control defaults, judgment defaults, and bankruptcy and insolvency defaults. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Loan and Security Agreement, the agent, at the direction of the lenders holding greater than 50% of the amounts outstanding, could elect to declare all amounts of such indebtedness outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate any commitments to extend further credit.

Furthermore, if we are unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Credit Facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event that our lenders accelerated the repayment of the borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the Credit Facility would likely have a material adverse

22

effect on us. As a result of these restrictions, we may be ablelimited in how we conduct business, unable to find a suitable targetraise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business and complete our initialdownturns, or unable to compete effectively or take advantage of new business combination by November 1, 2018, which isopportunities.

Our restated articles of organization designate the date that is 24 months from the closingBusiness Litigation Session of the initial public offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combinationSuperior Court of Suffolk County, Massachusetts as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be negatively impactedinitiated by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt marketsour shareholders and the other risks described herein. If we have not completedUnited States District Court in Boston as the sole and exclusive forum for any claim arising under the Securities Act, which could discourage lawsuits against us and our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations exceptdirectors and officers.

Our restated articles of organization designate the Business Litigation Session of the Superior Court of Suffolk County, Massachusetts as the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our shareholders, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the purposeMassachusetts Business Corporation Act, our articles of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, atorganization or our bylaws or any action asserting a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), dividedclaim governed by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors andinternal affairs doctrine, in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Our restated articles of organization designate the United States District Court in Boston as the sole and exclusive forum for any claim arising under the Securities Act or any claim for which other requirements of applicable law.

If we seek shareholder approvalcourts do not have subject matter jurisdiction including, without limitation, any claim arising under the Exchange Act. This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our initial business combination,shareholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such shareholders find favorable for disputes with us or our initial shareholders, Sponsor, directors executiveor officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influencediscourage such lawsuits against us and our directors and officers. Alternatively, if the Business Litigation Session of the Superior Court of Suffolk County, Massachusetts, the United States District Court in Boston or a vote oncourt outside of Massachusetts were to find this exclusive forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings described above, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other venues or jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects.

Risks Relating to SaaS, the Internet and Technology

Cyber-attacks and security vulnerabilities can disrupt our business and harm our competitive position.

Threats to information technology security can take a proposed business combinationvariety of forms. Individuals and reducegroups of hackers, and sophisticated organizations including state-sponsored organizations, may threaten our customers’ information technology. These individuals, groups and organizations may develop and deploy malicious software to attack our products and services and gain access to our networks and data centers, or act in a coordinated manner to launch distributed denial of service or other coordinated attacks. Cyber threats are constantly evolving, thereby increasing the public “float”difficulty of detecting and successfully defending against them. Cyber threats can have cascading impacts that unfold with increasing speed across our internal networks and systems and those of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approvalpartners and customers. Breaches of our initialnetwork or data security could disrupt the security of our internal systems and business combinationapplications, impair our ability to provide services to our customers and protect the privacy of our data, result in product development delays, compromise confidential or technical business information harming our competitive position, result in theft or misuse of our intellectual property or other assets, require us to allocate more resources to improve technologies, or otherwise adversely affect our business. Our business policies and internal security controls may not keep pace with these evolving threats.

Disclosure of personally identifiable information or other sensitive customer data could result in liability and harm our reputation.

We store and process increasingly large amounts of personally identifiable and other confidential information of our customers. The continued occurrence of high-profile data breaches provides evidence of an external environment increasingly hostile to data security. Despite our efforts to improve security controls, it is possible that our security controls over personal data, training of employees on data security, and other practices may not prevent the improper disclosure of customer data that we do not conduct redemptionsstore and manage. Disclosure of personally identifiable information or other sensitive customer data could result in connection withmaterial liability and harm our reputation. Additionally, data privacy and security are evolving areas of the law and our business combination pursuantmay become subject to the tender offer rules,new and expanding regulations. Application of these new and changing laws to our initial shareholders, Sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliatesbusiness may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completionincrease risks and compliance costs.

23

Hosting services for some of our initial business combination, although theyproducts and services are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. Nonedependent upon the uninterrupted operation of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. In the event that our initial shareholders, Sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closingdata centers.

A material portion of our business combination, where it appearsis provided through SaaS. These hosting services depend on the uninterrupted operation of data centers and the ability to protect computer equipment and information stored in these data centers against damage that may be caused by natural disaster, fire, power loss, telecommunications or internet failure, acts of terrorism, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses, and other similar damaging events. If any of our data centers were to become inoperable for an extended period, we might be unable to fulfill our contractual commitments. Although we take what we believe to be reasonable precautions against such requirement would otherwiseoccurrences, we can give no assurance that damaging events such as these will not result in a prolonged interruption of our services, which could result in customer dissatisfaction, loss of revenue, and damage to our business.

We run the risk of errors or defects with new products or enhancements to existing products.

Our SaaS products and related services are complex and may contain errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. We cannot assure you that material defects and errors will not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reducefound in the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination.future. Any such purchases of our securities maydefects could result in the completiona loss of revenues, negative publicity, or delay market acceptance. Our license and subscription agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our initial business combination thatexposure to potential liability. However, it is possible we may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, ifalways successfully negotiate such purchases are made,provisions in our customer contracts or the public “float”limitation of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such sharesliability provisions may not be redeemed.effective due to existing or future federal, state, or local laws, ordinances, or judicial decisions, or customers declining to negotiate these provisions. We cannot assure you that a successful claim could not be made or would not have a material adverse effect on our future operating results.

We must timely respond to technological changes to be competitive.

The market for our products is characterized by technological change, evolving industry standards in SaaS technology, changes in customer requirements, and frequent new product and service introductions and enhancements. The introduction of products and services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards can render existing products obsolete and unmarketable. As a result, our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to enhance existing products and develop and introduce new products and services that keep pace with technological developments, satisfy increasingly sophisticated customer requirements, and achieve market acceptance. We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable,cannot assure you that we will furnishsuccessfully identify new product and service opportunities and develop and bring new products and services to holders ofmarket in a timely and cost-effective manner. The products, capabilities, or technologies developed by others could also render our public shares in connection with our initialproducts or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. Our business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender the public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

7

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering, and (iii) the redemption of our public sharesadversely affected if we are unable to complete an initial businessdevelop or acquire new SaaS products or related services or develop enhancements to existing products on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such new products or services or enhancements do not achieve market acceptance.

We may be unable to protect our proprietary rights.

Many of our product and service offerings incorporate proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how, and other intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering, subjectcontracts, copyrights, and trade secret laws to applicable lawestablish and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholderprotect our proprietary rights in our technology. We cannot be certain that we have any right or interesttaken all appropriate steps to deter misappropriation of any kindour intellectual property. There has also been significant litigation recently involving intellectual property rights. We are, and in the Trust Account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, youfuture may be, forceda party to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Nasdaq may delistlitigation to protect our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securitiesproprietary information, trade secrets, know-how, and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”).other intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that third parties will not assert infringement or misappropriation claims against one or more of the products or services with respect to current or future products or services. Any claims or litigation, with or without merit, could be time consuming, costly, and a diversion to management. Any such claims and litigation could also cause product delivery delays or service interruptions or require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements. Such royalty or licensing arrangements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Therefore, litigation to defend and enforce our securitiesintellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, regardless of the final outcome of such litigation.

Customers may elect to terminate our maintenance contracts and manage operations internally.

It is possible that our customers may elect to not renew maintenance contracts for our software, trying instead to maintain and operate the software themselves using their perpetual license rights (excluding software applications provided on a hosted or cloud basis). This could adversely affect our revenues and profits. Additionally, they may inadvertently allow our intellectual property or other information to fall into the hands of third parties, including our competitors, which could adversely affect our business.

24

Material portions of our business require the internet infrastructure to be further developed or adequately maintained.

Part of our future success depends on the use of the internet to access public information and perform transactions electronically. This in part requires the further development and maintenance of the internet infrastructure. Among other things, this further development and maintenance will require a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, and security, and the timely development of complementary products for providing reliable internet access and services. If this infrastructure fails to be further developed or be adequately maintained, our business would be harmed because users may not be able to access our government portals.

Security breaches or unauthorized access to payment information, including credit card and debit card data, or personal information that we, or our service providers, store, process, use, or transmit for our business may harm our reputation, cause service disruptions, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

A significant challenge to electronic commerce is the secure transmission of payment information or personal information over information technology networks and systems that process, transmit and store electronic information, and manage or support a variety of business processes. The collection, maintenance, use, disclosure, and disposal of payment information and personal information by our business is regulated at state and federal levels, and cybersecurity legislation, executive orders, and reporting requirements continue to evolve and become more complex. Because we either directly or indirectly through service providers (i) provide the electronic transmission of sensitive and personal information released from and filed with various government entities and (ii) perform online payment and electronic check processing services, we face the risk of a security breach, whether through system attacks, hacking events, acts of vandalism or theft, malware, viruses, human errors, catastrophes, or other unforeseen events that could lead to significant disruptions or compromises of information technology networks and systems or the unauthorized release or use of payment information or personal information. Additionally, vulnerabilities in the security of our own internal systems or those of our service providers could compromise the confidentiality of, or result in unauthorized access to, personal information of our employees.

We rely on encryption and authentication technology purchased or licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication tools to effectively secure transmission of confidential information, including user credit card and debit card information and banking data. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, threats that evolve ahead of tools designed to counter them, or other developments may result in the breach or compromise of technology used by them to protect transaction data. Data breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, such as so-called “social engineering,” or “phishing,” where individuals are manipulated into divulging confidential or personal information.

Despite the various security measures that we have in place to protect payment and personal information from unauthorized disclosure and to comply with applicable laws and regulations, our information technology networks and systems and those of our third-party vendors and service providers cannot be made completely secure against security breaches or disruptions. Even the most well protected information, networks, systems, and facilities remain vulnerable to security breaches or disruptions because (i) the techniques used in such attempts are constantly evolving and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and in some cases are designed not to be detected and, in fact, may not be detected for an extended period and (ii) the security methodologies, protocols, systems, and procedures used for protection are implemented by humans at each level, and human errors may occur. Accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate security barriers or other preventative measures, or if such measures are implemented, and even if appropriate training is conducted in support of such measures, human errors may still occur. It is impossible for us to entirely mitigate this risk. A party, whether internal or external, able to circumvent our security measures, or those of our service providers, could misappropriate information, including but not limited to payment information and personal information, or cause interruptions or direct damage to our partners or our users.

Under payment card rules and our contracts with our credit card processors, if there is a breach of payment card information that we store, process, or transmit, we could be subject to fines and be required to pay damages. We could also be liable to customers and vendors for costs of investigation, notification, remediation, and credit monitoring and for any damages to users under applicable laws or our customer and vendor contracts.

In addition, any noncompliance with privacy and security laws or a security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of payment information or personal information, or other significant disruption involving our information technology networks and systems, or those of our service providers (whether or not caused by a breach of our contractual obligations or our negligence), may lead to negative publicity, impair our ability to

25

conduct our business, subject us to private litigation and government investigations and enforcement actions, and cause us to incur potentially significant liability, damages, or remediation costs. It may also cause the governments with whom we contract to lose confidence in us, any of which may cause the termination or modification of our government contracts and impair our ability to win future contracts. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks affecting our environment, our service providers’ environments, or our government customers’ environments may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, to train employees, and to engage third-party security experts and consultants. Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover or protect against the costs, liabilities, and other adverse effects arising from a security breach or system disruption. If we fail to reasonably maintain the security of confidential information, we may also suffer significant reputational and financial losses, and our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, and liquidity may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to integrate new technologies and industry standards effectively, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our future success will depend on our ability to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality, and features of our services in accordance with industry standards and to address the increasingly sophisticated technological needs of our customers on a cost-effective and timely basis. Our ability to remain competitive will depend, in part, on our ability to:

enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality, and other features of the government services we offer;
continue to develop our technical expertise;
develop and introduce new services, applications, and technology to meet changing customer needs and preferences; and
influence and respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes in a timely and cost-effective manner.

We cannot ensure that we will be successful in responding to the above technological and industry challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner. If we are unable to integrate new technologies and industry standards effectively, our business could be harmed.

Public Sector-Related Risk Factors

Selling products and services into the public sector poses unique challenges.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from sales of SaaS and related services to state, county, and city governments; utilities; tribal governments; and other public entities. We expect that sales to public sector customers will continue to account for substantially all of our revenues in the future. We face many risks and challenges associated with selling to and contracting with governmental entities, including:

long and complex sales cycles that vary significantly according to each government entity’s policies and procedures;
the potential need for governments to draft and adopt specific legislation before they can circulate a request for proposal or other solicitation to which we can respond or before they can otherwise award a contract or provide a new digital service;
varying bid procedures and internal processes for bid acceptance;
contract payments at times being subject to achieving implementation milestones, and differences with customers as to whether milestones have been achieved;
political resistance to government agencies contracting with third parties to receive or distribute public information, which governments traditionally have offered without charge;
26
legislative changes that temporarily or permanently affect governments’ authority to contract with third parties or receive or distribute public information or that increase our costs or result in a temporary or permanent suspension of our services;
regulations that govern the fees governments collect for many of our services, limiting their control over the level of transaction-based fees governments are permitted to retain;
various other political factors, including changes in governmental administrations and personnel that, among other things, could impact existing requests for proposals and other procurements, rebids, renewals, or extensions;
challenges to contractual terms and conditions that are common in the private sector, including customary warranties, limitations on liability, and indemnification;
government budget deficits and appropriation approval processes and periods, any of which could cause governments to curtail spending on services, including time- and materials-based fees for application development, fixed fees for portal management, and material reductions in tax revenue resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic; and
resource limitations caused by budgetary constraints or non-appropriation of funds that may result in a termination of, or reduction in revenue from, executed contracts due to a lack of future funding.

Each of these risks is outside our control. If we fail to adequately adapt to these risks and uncertainties, our financial performance could be listed on Nasdaqadversely affected.

A prolonged economic slowdown could harm our operations.

A prolonged economic slowdown or recession could reduce demand for our SaaS products and services. Local and state governments may face financial pressures caused by reduced tax revenue that could in turn affect our growth rate and profitability in the future, including as a result of the public health crises, epidemics, and pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic (for which state and local governments have not thus far received relief from the federal government). Local and state spending levels may be affected by declining or priorstagnant general economic conditions, and if budget shortfalls occur, they may negatively impact local and state information technology spending and could adversely affect our business.

The open bidding process creates uncertainty in predicting future contract awards.

Many governmental agencies purchase products and services through an open bidding process. Generally, a governmental entity will publish an established list of requirements requesting potential vendors to propose solutions for the established requirements. To respond successfully to these requests for proposals, we must accurately estimate their cost structure for servicing a proposed contract, the time required to establish operations for the proposed customer, and the likely terms of any other third-party proposals submitted. We cannot guarantee that we will win any bids in the future through the request for proposal process, or that any winning bids will ultimately result in contracts on favorable terms. Our failure to secure contracts through the open bidding process, or to secure such contracts on favorable terms, may adversely affect our revenue and gross margins.

We face significant competition from other vendors and potential new entrants into our markets.

We face competition from a variety of software and SaaS vendors that offer products and services similar to those offered by us, as well as from companies offering to develop custom software and SaaS. We compete based on a number of factors, including the following:

the breadth, depth, and quality of our product and service offerings;
the ability to modify our offerings to accommodate particular customers’ needs;
technological innovation; and
name recognition, reputation, and references.

27

We believe the market is highly fragmented with a large number of competitors that vary in size, product platform, and product scope. Our competitors include consulting firms, publicly held companies that focus on selected segments of the public sector market, and a significant number of smaller, privately held companies. Certain competitors have greater technical, marketing, and financial resources than we do. We cannot assure you that such competitors will not develop products or offer services that are superior to our initialproducts or services or that achieve greater market acceptance.

We also compete with internal, centralized information technology departments of governmental entities, which requires us to persuade the end users to stop internal services and outsource to us. In addition, our customers and prospective customers could elect to provide information management services internally through new or existing departments, which could reduce the market for our services.

We could face additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter the public sector SaaS application market and new products and technologies are introduced. Increased competition could result in pricing pressure, fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share. Current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships or business combination. In ordercombinations among themselves or with third parties, thereby increasing the ability of their products and services to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in shareholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holdersaddress the needs of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per shareprospective customers. It is possible that new competitors or alliances may emerge and our shareholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million.rapidly gain significant market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meetcompete successfully against current and future competitors, and the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon our business.

Our ability to grow revenues may be limited by the number of governments and government agencies that choose to provide digital government solutions such as those initial listingwe offer.

Our revenues are generated principally from contracts with state and local governments and government agencies to provide digital government solutions on behalf of those government entities to complete transactions and distribute public information digitally. The growth in our revenues largely will depend on government entities adopting solutions such as those offered by us. We cannot ensure that government entities will choose to provide digital government services or continue to provide digital government services at current levels, or that they will provide such services with private assistance or by adopting solutions such as those we offer. The failure to secure contracts with certain government agencies could result in revenue levels insufficient to support our operations on a self-sustained, profitable basis.

We are subject to independent audits as requested by our government customers. Deficiencies in our performance under a government contract could result in contract termination, reputational damage, or financial penalties.

Each government entity with which we contract for outsourced portal services may have the authority to require an independent audit of our performance and financial management of contracted operations. The scope of audits could include inspections of income statements, balance sheets, fee structures, collections practices, service levels, security practices, and our compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws, regulations, and standards. The expansion of our operations into new markets and services may further expose us to requirements atand potential liabilities under additional statutes and rules that time.

On January 3, 2018, we received a letter from the staff of Nasdaq’s Listing Qualifications Department notifying us that we no longer complied with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5620(a) for continued listing duehave previously not been relevant to our failurebusiness. We cannot ensure that a future audit will not find any material performance deficiencies that would result in an adjustment to hold an annual meetingour revenues or result in financial penalties. Moreover, any consequent negative publicity could harm our reputation among other governments with which we would like to contract. These factors could harm our business, results of shareholders within twelve monthsoperations, cash flows, and financial condition.

General Risk Factors

Fluctuations in quarterly revenue could adversely impact our operating results and stock price.

Our revenues and operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially from quarter to quarter for a variety of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. On February 20, 2018, we submitted our plan to regain compliance pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Nasdaq listing rules. On March 1, 2018, Nasdaq granted us an exception of up to 180 calendar days from the fiscal year end, or until June 29, 2018, to regain compliance. In the event we do not satisfy the terms of the extension, Nasdaq will notify us that our securities will be delisted. At that time, we will have the opportunity to appeal the determination to a Hearings Panel. If we timely appeal, our securities would remain listed pending such decision. There can be no assurance that, if we do appeal, such appeal would be successful.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences,reasons, including:

·Prospective customers’ contracting decisions are often made in the last few weeks of a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;quarter;
The size of SaaS transactions can vary significantly;
Customers may unexpectedly postpone or cancel procurement processes due to changes in strategic priorities, project objectives, budget, or personnel;
28
Customer purchasing processes vary significantly and a customer’s internal approval, expenditure authorization, and contract negotiation processes can be difficult and time consuming to complete, even after selection of a vendor;
The number, timing, and significance of SaaS product enhancements and new SaaS product announcements by us and our competitors may affect purchase decisions;
We may have to defer revenues under our revenue recognition policies; and
Customers may elect subscription-based arrangements, which result in lower revenues in the initial year as compared to traditional, on-premise software license arrangements, but generate higher overall subscription-based revenues over the term of the contract.

In each fiscal quarter, our expense levels, operating costs, and hiring plans are based to some extent on projections of future revenues and are relatively fixed. If our actual revenues fall below expectations, we could experience a reduction in operating results. Also, if actual revenues or earnings for any given quarter fall below expectations, it may lead to a decline in our stock price.

Increases in service revenue as a percentage of total revenues could decrease overall margins.

We realize lower margins on service revenues than on revenue from SaaS subscription or software licenses. The majority of our contracts include both SaaS and professional services. Therefore, an increase in the percentage of professional service revenue compared to SaaS revenue could have a detrimental impact on our overall gross margins and could adversely affect operating results.

Our stock price may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile. Examples of factors that may significantly impact our stock price include:

·reduced liquidity foractual or anticipated fluctuations in our securities;operating results;

·a determination thatannouncements of technological innovations, new products, or new contracts by us or our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary sharescompetitors;
developments with respect to adhere to more stringent rulespatents, copyrights, or other proprietary rights;
conditions and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activitytrends in the secondary trading market for our securities;SaaS and other technology industries;

·a limited amountadoption of news and analyst coverage; andnew accounting standards affecting the SaaS industry;

·a decreased ability to issue additionalchanges in financial estimates by securities or obtain additional financing in the future.analysts; and
general market conditions and other factors.

The National Securities Markets Improvement ActIn addition, the stock market historically has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preemptstechnology company stocks and may in the states from regulatingfuture adversely affect the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on Nasdaq, and, as a result, are covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the salemarket price of our stock. Sometimes, securities class action litigation is filed following periods of volatility in the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicionmarket price of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer ourcompany’s securities.

8

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 and have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means that we will have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the initial public offering had been subject to Rule 419, that rule would have prohibited the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the initial public offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If our funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

At December 31, 2017, we have approximately $561,000 available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements, which excludes interest income available to us for tax obligations of approximately $4.8 million from our investments in the Trust Account. The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate until November 1, 2018 assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account are sufficient to allow us to operate until at least November 1, 2018; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Ofsimilar litigation will not occur in the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses)future with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

9

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If our funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from the Sponsor or management team to fund our search and to complete our business combination.

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $561,000 available outside of the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements, which excludes interest income available to us for tax obligations of approximately $4.8 million from our investments in the Trust Account. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from the Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither the Sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges thatus. Such litigation could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arisesubstantial costs and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash itemsdiversion of management’s attention and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants toresources, which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent accountants), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any funds held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the funds held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors.

10

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the funds in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company. Our Sponsor may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

11

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

·restrictions on the nature of our investments, and

·restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

·registration as an investment company;

·adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

·reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business is to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our principal activities subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earlier to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and Nasdaq. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements or regulations. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws, regulations and rules and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and resultsfinancial performance.

Future sales of operations. In addition,shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of a failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect onsubstantial number of shares of our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the prescribed timeframe, our public shareholders may be forced to wait up to 24 months before redemption from our Trust Account.

12

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination by November 1, 2018, the proceeds then on depositcommon stock in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), will be used to fundpublic market could occur at any time. These sales, or the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the Trust Account shall be effected automatically by function of our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind up, liquidate the Trust Account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands (“Companies Law”). In that case, shareholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months before the redemption proceeds of our Trust Account become available to them and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our Trust Account. We have no obligation to return funds to shareholders prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where shareholders have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we are unable to complete our initial business combination.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall dueperception in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our Company to claims, by paying public shareholders frommarket that the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $15,000 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. We did not hold a shareholder meeting in 2017. As previously described, on January 3, 2018, we received a letter from the staff of Nasdaq’s Listing Qualifications Department notifying us that we no longer comply with certain of the listing rules for continued listing due to our failure to hold an annual meeting in 2017. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Until we hold an annual meeting of shareholders, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to elect directors and to discuss company affairs with management.

We have not registered the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrantsmany shares of common stock intend to do so a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or register or qualify thesell shares, under blue sky laws. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and holders of our private placement warrants may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affectcould reduce the market price of our Classcommon stock. A ordinary shares.

13

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with the initial public offering, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A ordinary shares into which the founder shares are convertible. In addition, holders of our private placement warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants, and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (as defined below) may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The registration rights will be exercisable with respect to the founder shares and the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities forour shares became free of resale restrictions on February 19, 2020, which was one year from the business combination. The presence of these additional shares of common stock trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition,securities.

29

Exercise of warrants for common stock would increase the existencenumber of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

As of December 31, 2020, we had warrants to purchase 27,093,334 shares of common stock outstanding. Each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of common stock at $11.50 per share. While our stock price currently is substantially under the exercise price of the registration rightswarrants – they are, in other words, underwater – to the extent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of common stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the then-existing holders of common stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Moreover, this warrant overhang may makelimit future increases in the price of our business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is becausecommon stock if the shareholderstrading price nears the exercise price of the target business may increase the equity stake they seekwarrants.  Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact onpublic market could adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the ordinary shares owned by,common stock.

Our financial outlook may not be realized.

From time to time, in press releases and otherwise, we may publish forecasts or issuable to,other forward-looking statements regarding our initial shareholders, holdersresults, including estimated revenues or earnings. Any forecast of our private placement warrantsfuture performance reflects various assumptions. These assumptions are subject to significant uncertainties, and as a matter of course, any number of them may prove to be incorrect. Further, the achievement of any forecast depends on numerous risks and other factors (including those described in this Risk Factors section), many of which are beyond our control. As a result, we cannot be certain that our performance will be consistent with any management forecasts or holdersthat the variation from such forecasts will not be material and adverse. Current and potential stockholders are cautioned not to base their entire analysis of our Working Capital Loans or their respective permitted transfereesbusiness and prospects upon isolated predictions but instead are registered.

Because we are neither limitedencouraged to utilize our entire publicly available mix of historical and forward-looking information when evaluating a target business in a particular industry nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risksprospective results of any particular target business’s operations.

We will seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in the technology industry, including software and services, but may also pursue business combination opportunities in other industries, except that we will not, under our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations,Our quarterly results of operations cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent involatile and difficult to predict. If our quarterly results of operations, future growth, profitability or dividends fail to meet the businessexpectations of public market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock may decline.

Our future revenues and results of operations withmay vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may beare outside of our control, and leave us with noany of which may harm our business. These factors include:

the commencement, completion, or termination of contracts during any quarter;
the introduction of new services by us or our competitors;
technical difficulties or system downtime affecting the operation of our services;
the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to the expansion of our business operations and infrastructure;
unexpected changes in federal, state and local legislation that increase our costs and/or result in a temporary or permanent decrease in our revenues;
any federal government shutdown, such as the shutdown which commenced in December 2020, each of which impacts the ability of our customers to purchase our products and services;
the seasonal use of some of our services, particularly the payment of real estate taxes;
changes in economic conditions;
the result of negative cash flows due to capital investments; and
significant charges related to acquisitions.

Due to the factors noted above and the other factors described in this Risk Factors section, our financial performance in a quarter may be lower than we anticipate and if we are unable to reduce spending in that quarter, our results of operations for that quarter may be harmed. One should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of future performance. It is possible that in some future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this occurs, the price of our common stock may

30

decline. In addition, if we fail to meet expectations related to future growth, profitability, dividends or other market expectations, the price of our common stock may decline.

Each operating subsidiary’s management and our independent registered public accounting firm have previously identified internal control deficiencies, which such management and independent registered public accounting firm believe constitute material weaknesses. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to timely and accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Each of our operating subsidiaries was previously a private company not subject to SEC rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and, therefore, was not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control or reduceover financial reporting. We are required to comply with the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately proveSEC’s rules implementing parts of Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (other than Section 302(c) and 404(b) until we cease to be an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company), which require management to certify financial and other information in quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

Although our operating subsidiaries have not made assessments of the effectiveness of their internal control over financial reporting and did not engage their independent registered public accounting firms to conduct audits of their internal control over financial reporting, in connection with the audits of the their financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, each operating subsidiary’s management and independent registered public accounting firm identified one or more favorablematerial weaknesses relating to shareholderssuch subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A deficiency in internal control exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a direct investment, ifmaterial weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of a company’s financial reporting.

The material weaknesses identified by the operating subsidiaries and their independent registered public accounting firm included: (i) deficiencies in Bonfire’s period end financial statement close process, (ii) each of CityBase’s, eCivis’s, Open Counter’s and Sherpa’s limited segregation of duties with regard to financial reporting activities such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction wasas payroll entry and processing due to the breach by our officers or directorssize of their respective accounting departments and (iii) deficiencies in Questica’s period end financial statement close process resulting from, among other things, the preparation of its financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

Because we intend to seek a business combination with a target business or businesses in the technology industry, including software and services, we expect our future operations to be subject to risks associated with this industry.

different fiscal year end than its historical fiscal year end.

We intend to focus our search for a target business or businesses in the technology industry, including software and services. Becausebelieve that we have not yetremediated these material weaknesses and improved the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by implementing additional controls related thereto.

The remediation efforts management took to address the previously identified or approached any specific target business or industry, we cannot provide specific risks of any business combination. However, risks inherent in investments in the technology industry include,material weaknesses included, but arewere not limited to, the following:

·General economic conditionsimplementation of specific policies and procedures with detailed instructions to the operating subsidiaries in order to adequately communicate the domesticrequirements around processes and international markets and the effect these conditions have on the availability of funding for software purchases;controls;

·Fluctuations in demand, adoption rates, sales cyclesimplementation of controls over manual journal entries and pricing levels for technology productsaccount reconciliations, including improving controls and services;procedures related to the timeliness and effectiveness of our review and approval procedures;

·Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;expansion of our financial leadership team by adding employees and external consultants, each with the commensurate knowledge, experience, and training to properly support our financial reporting and accounting functions including overseeing that the first two items listed above are timely and adequately implemented; and

·Changes in customers’ budgetsadoption of formal accounting policies related to non-routine complex transactions, such accounting for information technology purchasesbusiness combinations, revenue recognition, equity classification, deferred income taxes and in the timing of their purchasing decisions;derivative accounting.

31

·Potential intellectual property infringement claims by other technology companies;

Table of Contents

·Timing of announcements of releases of new or upgraded products and services;

·Competition and consolidation in the technology industry;

·Ability to develop, introduce and deliver in a timely manner new products and product enhancements that meet customer demand, certification requirements and technical requirements;

14

·Timing and amount of capitalized software development costs beginning when technological feasibility has been established and ending when the product is available for general release;

·System security risks, data protection breaches and systems integration issues and the effect these have on products and services provided to customers;

·Ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees, particularly those with relevant experience in software development and sales; and

·Pressure from competitors that offer broader product lines and services.

WeThere is no assurance that any measures we may seek acquisition opportunities in industries outside of the technology industry (which industries may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise).

Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidatestake in the technology industry, including softwarefuture will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses described above or to avoid potential future material weaknesses. If management fails to establish and services, we will consider a business combination outside of the technology industry if a business combination candidate is presented to usmaintain effective internal control over financial reporting and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the technology industry after having expended a reasonable amount of timedisclosure controls and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to our public shareholders than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of the technology industry, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained herein regarding the technology industry would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our business combination with a target business that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target business that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business,procedures, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factorsproduce timely and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside ofaccurate financial statements and meet our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

15

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share. At December 31, 2017, there were 344,800,000 and 36,200,000 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance, which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants or shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. At December 31, 2017 there were no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares, to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. However, our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional ordinary shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

·may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the initial public offering;

·may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

·could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

·may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

Unlike most other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in connection with the initial public offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate 20% of the sum of our ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of our initial public offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to our Sponsor. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to our initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed,SEC reporting obligations, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquireresult in sanctions by Nasdaq or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event willSEC. This could result in a loss of investor confidence and could lead to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to completea decline in our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.stock price.

16

We expect to be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding periodThe impact of a U.S. taxpayer who holds our Class A ordinary sharescoronavirus outbreak, or warrants, the U.S. taxpayer may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our securities that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (iii) an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust if (A) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that we met the PFIC asset and income test for the taxable year ended December 31, 2017.

Upon request by a U.S. Holder, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) election (as discussed herein), but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. If we do not timely provide such required information, a QEF election may not be available to U.S. Holders. There is also no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided. If we do not timely provide such required information, a QEF election may not be available to U.S. Holders.

Although our PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held Class A ordinary shares or warrants while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, as described below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its Class A ordinary shares or warrants and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the Class A ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares).

Under these rules:

·the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or warrants;

·the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

·the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

·an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

17

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our Class A ordinary shares by making a timely and valid QEF election to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any taxable year of us that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election, as described above, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its warrants to acquire our Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such warrants (other than upon exercise of such warrants) and we were a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such warrants, any gain recognized generally will be treated as an excess distribution, taxed as described above. If a U.S. Holder that exercises such warrants properly makes a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares. Notwithstanding, the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the warrants), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under the purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such shares at their fair market value and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, the U.S. Holder will have a new basis and holding period in the Class A ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants for purposes of the PFIC rules.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, and the excess distribution rules discussed above do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no additional tax charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares that has made a QEF election will be currently taxed on its pro rata share of our earnings and profits, whether or not distributed for such year. A subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable when distributed to such U.S. Holder. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. In addition, if we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to our Class A ordinary shares for such a taxable year.

If we are a PFIC and our Class A ordinary shares constitute “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder may avoid the adverse PFIC tax consequences discussed above if such U.S. Holder, at the close of the first taxable year in which it holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, makes a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. Such U.S. Holder generally will include for each of its taxable years as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of such year over its adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis of its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of its Class A ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to warrants.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” generally, stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq (on which we have listed the Class A ordinary shares), or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

18

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. We will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. There can be no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide such required information. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares and warrants should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our securities under their particular circumstances.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

19

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the Company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance,” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

20

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with the Sponsor, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsor, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of the Sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, executive officers and directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our Sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our Company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our Sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In August through October 2016, we issued to our Sponsor an aggregate of 11,500,000 founder shares in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. In October 2016, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors at the same per-share purchase price paid by our Sponsor. The foregoing transfers of founder shares were made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to the so-called 4(a)(1)-½ exemption. On October 26, 2016, we effected a share capitalization resulting in our initial shareholders holding an aggregate of 13,800,000 founder shares. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by our Sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,693,334 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant (approximately $13.04 million in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed close simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering.

If we do not complete our initial business combination by November 1, 2018, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the initial public offering, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

Since our Sponsor, executive officers and directors will not be eligible to be reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our business combination.

At the closing of our business combination, our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf. These financial interests of our Sponsor, executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

21

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

·default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

·acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

·our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

·our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

·using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

·limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

·increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

·limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from the initial public offering and the private placement provided us with $552 million that we may use to complete our business combination (excluding $19.32 million of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the Trust Account).

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business, or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

·solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

·dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks thatsimilar global health concerns, could negatively impact our operations, supply chain, and profitability.customer base.

22

If we determineOur operations for certain of our products or services could be negatively impacted by the regional or global outbreak of illnesses, including the coronavirus disease known as COVID-19.  Any quarantines, labor shortages or other disruptions to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for eachour operations, or those of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, whichcustomers, may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negativelyadversely impact our profitabilitysales and resultsoperating results.  The absence of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company aboutfunding for state and local governments, which little information is available, whichconstitute substantially all the Company’s customers, in federal relief packages also may result in a business combination withreduction in revenue from, or cancellation of, the Company’s contracts. That, too, may adversely impact our sales and operating results. In addition, a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and wesignificant outbreak of epidemic, pandemic or contagious diseases in the human population could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a companywidespread health crisis that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain controlcould adversely affect the economies and financial markets of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transactionCanada, another country in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdingsoperate, resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likelyan economic downturn that could affect demand for our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our second amendedproducts and restated memorandum and articles of association does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including warrant agreements.services.  We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or other governing instruments in order to effectuate our initial business combination. In addition, our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months of the closing of our initial public offering. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

23

The provisions of our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shareholders. Our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement of warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our Class A ordinary shares upon the closing of the initial public offering (assuming they do not purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares), will participate in any vote to amend our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our Sponsor, our executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to written agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by November 1, 2018, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest, less income taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against the Sponsor, our executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion ofaccurately predict the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet selected any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment has made it especially difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adversepossible future effect on the continued development or growthCompany of the target business. None of our officers, directorscontinuing COVID-19 pandemic or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection withif another coronavirus or after our business combination.other disease expands domestically or globally.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

24

Our initial shareholders own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our initial shareholders purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares, this would increase their control. Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by the Sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for terms for three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial shareholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Our warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 18,400,000 of our Class A ordinary shares as part of the units sold in the initial public offering and, simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, we issued in the private placement an aggregate of 8,693,334 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. In addition, if the Sponsor makes any Working Capital Loans, it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,000,000 private placement warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one-third of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies

Each unit contains one-third of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-third of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

25

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the SecuritiesJOBS Act and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are anpermits “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we maycompanies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the “JOBS Act.” As such, we take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, including but not limited to, not being required to comply with(i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements ofwith respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements, and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.statements. As a result, our shareholdersstockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could behad revenues during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 of approximately $48.1 million. We will remain an emerging growth company for upuntil the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following November 1, 2021, the fifth anniversary of the GTY Cayman initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including ifbe a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary sharescommon stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 beforethe last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company ascan take advantage of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companiesexemption from being required to complycomplying with new or revised financialaccounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards.companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company whichthat is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company whichthat has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountantaccounting standards used.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for securities and our stock price may be more volatile.

32

We are a smaller reporting company (and may remain a smaller reporting company even after losing emerging growth company status), and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced or scaled reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to smaller companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Compliance obligationsWe are a “smaller reporting company” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficultExchange Act), and, for us to effectuate our business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2017. For as long as we continue to be a smaller reporting company (which may be longer than we remain an emerging growth company,company), we will not be requiredmay choose to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with thetake advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as comparedapplicable to other public companies becausebut not to smaller reporting companies, including but not limited to:

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and
providing only two years of audited financial statements or compensation-related disclosure in our periodic reports and proxy statements.

Item 2. Properties

The information regarding the Company’s properties set forth in “Item 1. Business” above is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On November 19, 2018, the Company, Stephen J. Rohleder and Harry L. You commenced a target business with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

26

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for shareholders to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtainedlawsuit against OpenGov, Inc. (“OpenGov”) in the United States courtsDistrict Court for the Southern District of New York captioned GTY Technology Holdings Inc. et al. v. OpenGov, Inc., No. 18-cv-10854 (the “New York Action”), and on November 20, 2018, OpenGov commenced a lawsuit against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our second amendedthe Company, GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Merger Sub, Inc., GTY Investors, Mr. You, Mr. Rohleder and restated memorandumDoes 1-50 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and articlesfor the County of association,San Mateo captioned OpenGov, Inc. v. GTY Technology Holdings Inc. et al., No. 18-cv-06264 (the “California Action”). On February 19, 2020, the Companies Law (as may be supplemented or amended from timeparties to time)the New York Action and the common lawCalifornia Action entered into a settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) to resolve all the pending claims in the New York Action and the California Action, without any admission or concession of wrongdoing by the Cayman Islands. We will also be subjectCompany or other defendants. Pursuant to the federal lawsSettlement Agreement, the Company paid OpenGov $3.3 million, net of amounts paid by the United States. The rightsCompany’s insurers, in exchange for a full and complete release of shareholders to take action againstall claims that were or could have been asserted in the directors, actions by minority shareholdersNew York Action and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.California Action.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although thereThere is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxesmaterial litigation, arbitration or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

Provisions in our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

After our business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore shareholders may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for shareholders in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

27

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

·costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

·rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

·complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

·laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

·tariffs and trade barriers;

·regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

·longer payment cycles;

·tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

·currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

·rates of inflation;

·challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

·cultural and language differences;

·employment regulations;

·crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and

·deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, any or all of our management could from their positions as officers or directors of the Company, and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination would remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue would be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects would be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

28

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Wegovernmental proceeding currently maintain our corporate offices at 1180 North Town Center Drive, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89144. We have agreed to reimburse our Sponsor an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatenedpending against us or any members of our officers or directorsmanagement team in their corporate capacity.capacity as such, and we and the members of our management team have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

None.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are tradedcommon stock trades on Nasdaq under the symbols “GTYHU”, “GTYH” and “GTYHW”, respectively. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants for the periods indicated since our units began public trading on October 27, 2016 and our Class A ordinary shares and warrants began public trading on November 14, 2016.

29

  Units (GTYHU)  Class A ordinary shares (GTYH)  Warrants (GTYHW) 
  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low 
Year ended December 31, 2017:                        
Quarter ended December 31, 2017 $10.52  $10.14  $10.10  $9.75  $1.49  $1.13 
Quarter ended September 30, 2017 $10.50  $10.33  $10.20  $9.98  $1.80  $1.10 
Quarter ended June 30, 2017 $11.00  $10.10  $10.49  $9.80  $2.02  $1.04 
Quarter ended March 31, 2017 $11.36  $10.10  $11.50  $9.80  $1.36  $0.82 
                         
Year ended December 31, 2016:                        
Quarter ended December 31, 2016 $10.55  $10.02  $13.00  $9.80  $1.00  $0.20 

symbol “GTYH.”

Holders

of Record

At March 16, 2018,February 19, 2020, there was one holder of record of our units, one holder of record of our separately traded Class A ordinary shares and twowere 138 holders of record of our separately tradedcommon stock and 3 holders of record of our warrants.  The number of record holders does not include beneficial holders who hold their shares in “street name,” meaning that the

33

shares are held for their accounts by a broker or other nominee.  Accordingly, we believe the total number of beneficial holders is higher than the number of our shareholders of record.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary sharescommon stock to date and doGTY did not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completionconsummation of ourthe business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our business combination.condition. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

Performance Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative total return for our units from October 27, 2016 (the first day on which our units began trading) throughAs of December 31, 20172020, there were (i) 3,116,946 shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to future awards under the GTY Technology Holdings Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), (ii) 245,904 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options outstanding pursuant to the Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $2.26 per share and (iii) 3,280,290 unvested restricted stock units outstanding pursuant to the Incentive Plan with the comparable cumulative returna weighted average grant price of two indices: the Nasdaq Composite Index$4.94.

Securities Authorized for Issuance as a Result of Exchanges

As of December 31, 2020, there were (i) 1,822,391 of shares of common stock available for issuance in exchange for shares of 1176363 B.C. Ltd. (“Bonfire ExchangeCo”) and the Nasdaq 100 Technology Sector Index. The graph assumes $100 invested on October 27, 2016(ii) 4,150,388 of shares of common stock available for issuance in eachexchange for shares of 1176368 B.C. Ltd. (“Questica ExchangeCo”), as further described in Note 11 of our units and the three indices presented.

30

Financial Statements.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Securities

Except as previously disclosed in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or Current Reports on Form 8-K during 2017,2020, we did not sell any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.Act during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth selected historical financialcompany qualifies as a smaller reporting company and is not required to provide the information derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere inrequired by this report for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the period from August 11, 2016 (Inception) through December 31, 2016. You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and AnalysisItem.

34

Table of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this report.Contents

31

     For the Period from August 
  For the Fiscal Year Ended,  11, 2016 (Inception) through 
  December 31, 2017  December 31, 2016 
Statement of Operations Data:        
Total interest income $4,554,401  $263,777 
Total expenses $(694,226) $199,834 
Net income $3,860,175  $63,943 
         
Weighted average shares outstanding        
Basic(1)  15,982,914   14,870,338 
Diluted  69,000,000   38,024,460 
         
Net earnings per share        
Basic $0.24  $0.00 
Diluted $0.06  $0.00 
         
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):        
Cash $561,434  $1,219,822 
Cash and cash equivalents held in Trust Account $556,817,512  $552,263,774 
Total assets $557,445,853  $553,504,760 
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, $0.0001 par value; 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 shares at redemption value at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively $532,956,190  $529,096,020 
Total liabilities $19,489,658  $19,408,739 
Total stockholders' equity $5,000,005  $5,000,001 
         
Cash Flow Data:        
Net cash used in operating activities $(658,388) $(85,873)
Net cash used in investing activities $-  $(552,000,000)
Net cash provided by financing activities $-  $553,305,695 

(1) This number excludes an aggregate of up to 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

References to the “Company,” “GTY”, “our,” “us” or “we” refer to GTY Technology Holdings Inc. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and therelated notes thereto containedincluded elsewhere in this report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K, words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other SEC filings. Such forward looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as being applicable to all10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act.reflecting our current expectations, estimates and assumptions concerning events and financial trends that may affect our future operating results or financial position. Actual results couldand the timing of events may differ materially from those contemplated by thecontained in these forward-looking statements asdue to a resultnumber of certain factors, detailedincluding those discussed in our filings with the SEC. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons actingsections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.Form 10-K.

32

Overview

We are a blank checkpublic-sector company formedthat offers a cloud-based suite of solutions primarily for North American state and local governments. Our six wholly owned subsidiaries are Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica and Sherpa. Through our operating subsidiaries, we serve some of the fastest growing segments in the Cayman Islandsgovernment technology sector, specifically procurement, payments, grants management, permitting, and budgeting.

We were formed on August 11, 2016 for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that(the “business combination”). Until the Company hasbusiness combination, we did not yet identified. Although weengage in any operations nor generate any revenues. We recognized an opportunity to replace costly legacy on-premises software systems with scalable and efficient SaaS products. Our search led to the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica, and Sherpa on February 19, 2019 (the “Closing Date”).

Our customers are not limitedprimarily located in the United States and Canada, including counties, municipalities, special districts, law enforcement agencies and public-school districts. We plan to a particular industry or geographic regionincrease our customer base by leveraging our comprehensive product portfolio with our existing customer base, investing in direct sales to new customers, and using relationships with complementary products and services.

The Acquisition was accounted for purposes of consummatingas a business combination under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles “GAAP” and resulted in a change in accounting basis as of thedate of the Acquisition. As a result, our consolidated financial statements for the period beginning on February 19, 2019 are presented on a different basis than that for the periods before February 19, 2019, and therefore are not comparable. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting, our consolidated financial statements and certain presentations are separated into two distinct periods to indicate the different ownership and accounting basis between the periods presented: (i) the period before the consummation of the Acquisition, which includes the period from January 1, 2019 to the Closing Date (“2019 Predecessor Period”), and (ii) the periods on and after the consummation of the acquisition, which includes the period including and after the Closing Date to December 31, 2019 (“2019 Successor Period”) and the year ended December 31, 2020.

Expansion and Further Penetration of Our Customer Base.

We employ a strategy that focuses on acquiring new customers and growing our relationships with existing customers over time. We believe significant opportunity exists for us to acquire new customers as well as expand the use of our platforms by selling additional products and increasing the number of users within our current customers’ organizations.

Investment in Growth.

We plan to continue to invest in our business so that we can capitalize on our market opportunity. We intend to continue to grow our sales and marketing team to acquire new customers and to increase sales to existing customers. We intend to continue to grow our research and development team to extend the functionality and range of our applications. We also intend to invest in new and improved information technology solutions to support our business. However, we expect our sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues to decrease over time as we grow our revenues and gain economies of scale by increasing our customer base and increase sales to our existing customer base. We believe that these investments will contribute to our long-term growth, although they may adversely affect our profitability in the near term.

35

Leveraging Relationships.

We plan to continue to strengthen and expand our relationships with technology vendors, professional services firms, and resellers. These relationships enable us to increase the speed of deployment and offer a wider range of integrated services to our customers. We intend to support these existing relationships, seek additional relationships and further expand our channel of resellers to help us increase our presence in existing markets and to expand into new markets. Our business and results of operations will be significantly affected by whether we succeed in leveraging and expanding these relationships.

Market Adoption of Our Platforms.

A key focus of our sales and marketing efforts is creating market awareness about the benefits of our cloud-based SaaS platforms. The market for SaaS solutions is less mature than the market for on-premises software applications, and potential customers may be slow or unwilling to migrate from their legacy solutions. Our business and operating results will be significantly affected by the degree to and speed with which organizations adopt our solutions.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenues

Subscription, support and maintenance

We deliver SaaS that provides customers with access to SaaS-related support and updates during the term of the arrangement. Revenues are recognized ratably over the contract term as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the subscription service. Subscription fees for the first year are typically payable within 30 days after the execution of a contract, and thereafter upon renewal. We initially record subscription fees as contract liabilities and recognize revenues on a straight-line basis over the technology industry,term of the agreement.

Our contracts may include variable consideration in the form of usage fees, which are included in the transaction price in the period in which the usage occurs and the fee is known.

Subscription, support and maintenance revenues also includes kiosk rentals and on-premises support or maintenance pertaining to license sales. Revenues from kiosk rentals and on-premises support are recognized on a straight-line basis over the support period.

Revenues from subscription, support and maintenance comprised approximately 74% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Professional services

Our professional services contracts generate revenues on a time-and-materials, fixed fee or subscription basis. Revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time-and-materials contracts. Revenues are recognized when the milestones are achieved and accepted by the customer or on a proportional performance basis for fixed-fee contracts. Revenues are recognized ratably over the contract term for subscription contracts. The milestone method for revenue recognition is used when there is substantive uncertainty at the date the contract is entered into regarding whether the milestone will be achieved. Training revenues are recognized as the services are performed. Revenues from professional services comprised approximately 23% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020.

License

Revenues from distinct licensed software are recognized upfront when that software is made available to the customer, which normally coincides with contract execution, as this is when the customer has the risks and rewards of the right to use the software. Revenues from licensed software comprised approximately 3% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020.

36

Asset sales

Revenues from asset sales are recognized when the asset, typically a kiosk, has been received by the customer and is fully operational and ready to accept transactions, which is when the customer obtains control and has the risks and rewards of the asset. Revenues from asset sales comprised less than 1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of salaries and benefits of personnel relating to our hosting operations and support, implementation, and grants research. Cost of revenues includes data center costs such as depreciation of the Company’s data center assets, third-party licensing costs, and consulting fees.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our sales and marketing employees, including salaries, sales commissions and incentives and benefits, travel and related costs, outside consulting fees, marketing programs, including lead generation, and costs of advertising and trade shows. We defer sales commissions and amortize them ratably over the expected customer life. We expect sales and marketing expenses will increase as we expand our direct sales teams and increase sales through our strategic relationships and resellers.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits associated with our engineering, product and quality assurance personnel. Research and development expenses also include the cost of third-party contractors. Other than internal-use software development costs that qualify for capitalization, research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect research and development costs to increase as we develop new solutions and make improvements to our existing platforms.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits with our executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance and other administrative personnel, accounting, auditing and legal professional services fees, recruitment costs, and other corporate-related expenses. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase as we scale our business, but at a lower rate over time.

Results of Operations

We accounted for the Acquisition as a business combination, which resulted in a new basis of accounting. Refer to Note 3 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information. As a result of the Acquisition, our consolidated financial statements for the period after February 19, 2019 are presented on a different basis than that for the periods before February 19, 2019 due to the application of purchase accounting as of February 19, 2019 and, therefore, are not comparable.

The Acquisition resulted in the following principal impacts for the period subsequent to the Acquisition date:

A reduction in revenues in the 2019 Successor Period and the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of the contract liabilities at the Acquisition date being recorded at fair value, an amount less than its then carrying value;
Increased amortization expense resulting from recording of intangible assets at fair value. We record amortization of acquired developed technology in cost of revenues, amortization of customer relationships in sales and marketing expenses, and amortization of covenants not to compete and tradename intangible assets in general and administrative expenses;
Contingent consideration issued as part of the Acquisition was recorded at fair value each period with changes in fair value recorded in general and administrative costs; and

37

Transaction costs were expensed as incurred as a separate line item in our consolidated statement of operations;

We believe reviewing our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2019 by combining the results of the 2019 Predecessor Period and 2019 Successor Period (“S/P Combined Period”) is more useful in discussing our overall operating performance when compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to the 2019 Successor/Predecessor (“S/P”) Combined Period

Total revenues

Our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased on a year-over-year basis. This increase was driven by an increase in the number of customers, an increase in the number of users added by existing customers and an increase in the number of products purchased by existing customers. Our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $48.1 million. Excluding the $0.7 million impact of purchase accounting, our total non-GAAP adjusted revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have been $48.8 million compared to $40.5 million for the 2019 S/P Combined Period, representing a 20% increase. Revenues for each operating segment is comprised of the following (in thousands, except percentages):

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”)

Non-GAAP

 

 

 

February 19,

 

January 01,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

2019

 

 

 

 

Total 

 

through

through

Total 

 

Increase /

Increase /

Total 

 

Total

Increase /

Increase /

    

Revenues

December 31,

    

February 18,

    

Revenues

    

(Decrease)

    

(Decrease) 

    

Revenues 

    

Revenues

    

(Decrease) 

    

(Decrease) 

 

2020

2019

2019

2019

 in Dollars

in %

2020

2019

in Dollars

in %

Bonfire

$

7,806

$

3,863

$

593

$

4,456

$

3,350

 

75

%  

$

7,829

$

5,043

$

2,786

 

55

%

CityBase

 

8,863

 

7,122

 

820

 

7,942

 

921

 

12

%  

 

9,384

 

8,459

 

925

 

11

%

eCivis

 

6,693

 

4,742

 

673

 

5,415

 

1,278

 

24

%  

 

6,713

 

6,258

 

455

 

7

%

Open Counter

 

2,645

 

1,408

 

298

 

1,706

 

939

 

55

%  

 

2,645

 

2,154

 

491

 

23

%

Questica

 

16,527

 

10,005

 

1,913

 

11,918

 

4,609

 

39

%  

 

16,678

 

13,571

 

3,107

 

23

%

Sherpa

 

5,594

 

4,375

 

631

 

5,006

 

588

 

12

%  

 

5,594

 

5,062

 

532

 

11

%

Total

$

48,128

$

31,515

$

4,928

$

36,443

$

11,685

 

32

%  

$

48,843

$

40,547

$

8,296

 

20

%

Bonfire’s and eCivis revenues (GAAP and non-GAAP) increased primarily due to an increase in subscription, support and maintenance revenues resulting from an increase in customers from the prior year. CityBase’s revenues increased primarily due to an increase in transaction volume. Open Counter’s, Questica’s and Sherpa’s revenues increased due primarily due to an increase in subscription, support and maintenance revenues as well as an increase in professional services.

Total cost of revenues

Our total cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 has increased on a year-over-year basis. The registration statement for our initial public offeringincrease was declared effective on October 26, 2016. We consummated the initial public offering of 55,200,000 units, includingdriven primarily by share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of 7,200,000restricted stock units.  Cost of revenues also increased due to increases in headcount, hosting operations and professional services to support our revenue growth. Cost of revenues for each operating segment is comprised of the following (in thousands, except percentages):

`

    

    

February 19,

    

January 01,

    

    

    

 

 

Total Cost

 

2019

 

2019

 

Total Cost

 

 

 

of 

 

through

 

through

 

of 

Increase /

Increase /

 

Revenues

 

December 31,

February 18,

 

Revenues

(Decrease)

(Decrease)

2020

2019

2019

2019

in Dollars

 in %

Bonfire

$

1,520

$

1,003

$

124

$

1,127

$

393

 

35

%

CityBase

 

6,682

 

5,063

 

746

 

5,809

 

873

 

15

%

eCivis

 

3,030

 

1,744

 

267

 

2,011

 

1,019

 

51

%

Open Counter

 

563

 

367

 

51

 

418

 

145

 

35

%

Questica

 

3,446

 

2,375

 

296

 

2,671

 

775

 

29

%

Sherpa

 

3,227

 

1,376

 

130

 

1,506

 

1,721

 

114

%

Total

$

18,468

$

11,928

$

1,614

$

13,542

$

4,926

 

36

%

38

Bonfire

Bonfire’s total cost of revenues increased by $0.4 million or 35% primarily due to a $0.3 million or 45% increase in salaries and benefits driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020. The remaining increase was primarily from a $0.1 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units.

CityBase

CityBase’s total cost of revenues increased by $0.9 million or 15% primarily due to a $0.4 million or 14% increase in bank fees associated with its expansion in usage fee revenues, a $0.3 million or 21% increase in salaries and wages driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 and a $0.1 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units.  

eCivis

eCivis’ total cost of revenues increased by $1.0 million or 51% primarily due to a $0.8 million or 62% increase in salaries and wages driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 and a $0.3 million or 182% increase in expenses incurred by third-party contractors. These increases were partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in travel due to the Covid-19 pandemic.

Open Counter

Open Counter’s total cost of revenues increased by $0.1 million or 35% primarily due to a $0.1 million or 59% increase in salaries and wages driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020.

Questica

Questica’s total cost of revenues increased by $0.8 million or 29% primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in third-party royalties, a $0.2 million or 11% increase in salaries and wages driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 and a $0.2 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units.  

Sherpa

Sherpa’s total cost of revenues increased by $1.7 million or 114% primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in salaries and wages, a $0.7 million increase in third-party royalties and a $0.2 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units.

Operating expenses

Our total selling and marketing, general and administrative and research and development components of operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 have decreased primarily due to our March 2020 restructuring, resulting in decreases in headcount in sales and marketing, general and administrative, and research and development. Operating expenses excluding amortization of intangible assets, acquisition costs, goodwill impairment, restructuring charges, and change in fair value of contingent consideration for each operating segment is comprised of the following (in thousands, except percentages):

February 19,

January 01,

 

2019

2019

 

Operating

through

through

Operating

Increase /

Increase /

 

Expenses

December 31,

February 18,

Expenses

(Decrease)

(Decrease)

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2019

    

2019

    

in Dollars

    

in %

 

Bonfire

$

8,218

$

10,249

$

1,178

$

11,427

$

(3,209)

 

(28)

%

CityBase

 

14,387

 

13,127

 

1,518

 

14,645

 

(258)

 

(2)

%

eCivis

 

6,344

 

4,752

 

575

 

5,327

 

1,017

 

19

%

Open Counter

 

2,972

 

2,162

 

202

 

2,364

 

608

 

26

%

Questica

 

8,658

 

6,761

 

1,103

 

7,864

 

794

 

10

%

Sherpa

 

1,857

 

1,604

 

147

 

1,751

 

106

 

6

%

Corporate

 

7,615

 

8,989

 

 

8,989

 

(1,374)

 

(15)

%

Total

$

50,051

$

47,644

$

4,723

$

52,367

$

(2,316)

 

(4)

%

39

Bonfire

Bonfire’s total operating expense decreased by $3.2 million or 28% due to a $1.8 million or 29% decrease in sales and marketing, a $1.0 million or 32% decrease in general and administrative costs and a $0.4 million or 20% decrease in research and development. The decrease in sales and marketing was primarily due to a $1.2 million or 62% decrease in share-based compensation expense, a $0.2 million decrease in marketing spend, a $0.2 million decrease in travel and related and a $0.1 million or 4% decrease in salaries and benefits driven by a decrease in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $0.7 million decrease in share-based compensation expense, a $0.1 million decrease in travel and related costs, a $0.1 million decrease in third-party accounting and consulting fees, and a $0.1 million decrease in recruiting costs. The decrease in research and development expenses was primarily driven by a $0.3 million increase in capitalization of internal-use software associated with the development of new products and a $0.1 million decrease third-party consulting fees.

CityBase

CityBase’s total operating expense decreased by $0.3 million or 2% due to a $1.5 million or 21% decrease in research and development and offset by a $1.2 million or 53% increase in sales and marketing.  The decrease in research and development was primarily due to a $0.9 million or 16% decrease in salaries and wages driven by a decrease in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, and a $0.4 million decrease in third-party contractors.  The increase in sales and marketing was primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units and a $0.6 million or 34% increase in salaries and wages driven by a 18% increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020.

eCivis

eCivis’ total operating expense increased by $1.0 million or 19% due to a $0.7 million or 40% increase in general and administrative costs and a $0.3 million or 23% increase in research and development.  The increase in general and administrative costs was driven by a $0.5 million increase in share-based compensation expense driven by the issuance of restricted stock units and a $0.3 million or 48% increase in salaries and wages driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020.  These increases were partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in travel due to the COVID-19 Pandemic.  The increase in research and development was primarily due to a $0.1 million or 6% increase in salaries and wages driven by an increase in average headcount from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, a $0.1 million increase in contractors and a $0.1 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units.

Open Counter

Open Counter’s total operating expense increased by $0.6 million or 26% due primarily to a $0.2 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units, a $0.2 million increase in third-party operating expenses and a $0.1 million increase in advertising and related expenses.

Questica

Questica’s total operating expense increased by $0.8 million or 10% due to a $0.4 million or 16% increase in general and administrative costs and a $0.4 million or 11% increase in sales and marketing.  The increase in general and administrative costs and sales and marketing were due primarily to a $0.6 million increase in share-based compensation expense due to the issuance of restricted stock units.

 Sherpa

 Sherpa’s total operating expenses increased by $0.1 million primarily due to an increase in share-based compensation expense driven by the issuance of restricted stock units.

Corporate

 Corporate expenses decreased by $1.4 million primarily due to a $0.4 million decrease in legal fees, a $0.4 million decrease in accounting and related fees, a $0.4 million or 22% decrease in salaries and wages driven by a decrease in headcount, and a $0.2 million decrease in share-based compensation expenses.  The decreases in legal and accounting fees

40

were due to increased efficiencies operating as a public company following the Acquisition and the decreases in salaries, wages and share-based compensation expense were largely due to the March 2020 Restructuring.

Other operating expenses

 Acquisition costs consist primarily of Acquisition transaction costs, capital market advisory fees, and bonuses incurred as a result of the underwriters’ exercisetransaction or a change in control. Amortization of their over-allotment option in full at $10.00 per unit on November 1, 2016, generating gross proceeds of $552 million. We incurred offering costs of approximately $31 million, inclusive of approximately $30.4 million of underwriting fees. We paid $11.04 million of underwriting fees upon the closingintangible assets consists of the initial public offering and deferred $19.32 millionamortization of underwriting fees untilfinite lived intangibles resulting from the consummationAcquisition as described in Note 3 of the initial business combination.notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Goodwill impairment expense includes any reduction in the fair value of Goodwill relative to its carrying value.  The restructuring charges resulted from the Company’s March 2020 Restructuring.  The change in fair value of contingent consideration consists of any adjustments to the contingent consideration liability since the Acquisition.

 Other income (expense)

Simultaneously Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest expense associated with the closingCompany’s February 2020 and November 2020 credit facilities, gains (losses) from the issuance of shares, and gains (losses) resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Revenues

To supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we have provided certain financial measures that have not been prepared in accordance with GAAP defined as “non-GAAP financial measures,” which include (i) non-GAAP revenues, (ii) non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross margin, (iii) and non-GAAP loss from operations.

 We use these non-GAAP financial measures internally in analyzing our financial results and believe these metrics are useful to investors, as a supplement to the corresponding GAAP measure, in evaluating our ongoing operational performance and trends. However, it is important to note that particular items we exclude from, or include in, our non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the items excluded from, or included in, similar non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies in the same industry. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

 Non-GAAP Revenues

Non-GAAP revenues are defined as GAAP revenues adjusted for the impact of purchase accounting resulting from our business combination which reduced our acquired contract liabilities to fair value. We believe that presenting non-GAAP revenues is useful to investors as it eliminates the impact of the initial public offering, we consummatedpurchase accounting adjustments to revenues to allow for a direct comparison between current and future periods.

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin

Non-GAAP gross profit is defined as GAAP gross profit adjusted for the private placementimpact of 8,693,334 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant with our Sponsor, GTY Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, generatingpurchase accounting resulting from the business combination. Non-GAAP gross proceeds of approximately $13.04 million.

Uponmargin is defined as non-GAAP gross profit divided by non-GAAP revenues. We believe that presenting non-GAAP gross profit and margin is useful to investors as it eliminates the closingimpact of the initial public offering and private placement on November 1, 2016, $552 millionpurchase accounting adjustments to allow for a direct comparison between periods.

Non-GAAP Loss From Operations

Non-GAAP loss from operations is defined as GAAP loss from operations adjusted for the net proceedsimpact of purchase accounting to revenues resulting from our business combination, the saleamortization of the units in the initial public offeringacquired intangible assets, share-based compensation, acquisition related costs, goodwill impairment expense, and the private placement was placedchange in fair value of contingent consideration. We believe that presenting non-GAAP loss from operations is useful to investors as it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash and acquisition related expenses to allow a U.S.-based trust account maintaineddirect comparison of loss from operations between all periods presented.

41

Below is a reconciliation of non-GAAP revenues, Non-GAAP gross profit and Non-GAAP gross margin and Non-GAAP loss from operations to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures (in thousands, except percentages):

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

Revenues - Successor Period

$

48,128

$

31,515

Revenues - Predecessor Period

 

 

4,928

Pro forma as Adjusted Revenues

 

48,128

 

36,443

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenue

 

715

 

4,104

Non-GAAP Pro forma as Adjusted Revenues

$

48,843

$

40,547

Gross Profit - Successor Period

$

29,660

$

19,587

Gross Profit - Predecessor Period

 

 

3,314

Pro forma as Adjusted Gross Profit

 

29,660

 

22,901

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenue

 

715

 

4,104

Share-based compensation

811

229

Non-GAAP Pro forma as Adjusted Gross Profit

$

31,186

$

27,234

Gross Margin - Successor Period

 

62

%  

 

62

%  

Gross Margin - Predecessor Period

 

N/A

%  

 

67

%  

Pro forma as Adjusted Gross Margin

 

62

%  

 

63

%  

Non-GAAP Pro forma as Adjusted Gross Margin

 

64

%  

 

67

%  

Loss from operations - Successor Period

$

(42,718)

$

(103,917)

Loss from operations - Predecessor Period

 

 

(1,555)

Pro forma as Adjusted Loss from operations

 

(42,718)

 

(105,472)

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenue

 

715

 

4,104

Amortization of intangibles

 

14,681

 

12,841

Share-based compensation

 

8,621

 

5,490

Acquisition costs

 

 

37,139

Goodwill impairment expense

2,000

32,198

Restructuring charges

3,666

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

1,980

 

(6,172)

Non-GAAP Pro forma as Adjusted Loss from operations

$

(11,055)

$

(19,872)

Below is a reconciliation of non-GAAP revenues to revenues by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. The funds in the Trust Account were invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16)operating segment (in thousands, except percentages):

Year Ended December 31, 

Open

Total

    

Bonfire

    

CityBase

    

eCivis

    

Counter

    

Questica

    

Sherpa

    

Revenues

 

Successor Revenues 2020

$

7,806

$

8,863

$

6,693

$

2,645

$

16,527

$

5,594

$

48,128

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenues

23

521

20

151

715

Non-GAAP Revenues 2020

$

7,829

$

9,384

$

6,713

$

2,645

$

16,678

$

5,594

$

48,843

 

Pro forma Revenues - S/P Combined Period 2019

$

4,456

$

7,942

$

5,415

$

1,706

$

11,918

$

5,006

$

36,443

Purchase accounting adjustment to revenues

 

587

 

517

 

843

 

448

 

1,653

 

56

 

4,104

Non-GAAP Pro forma as Adjusted Revenues 2019

$

5,043

$

8,459

$

6,258

$

2,154

$

13,571

$

5,062

$

40,547

% change

 

55

%  

 

11

%  

 

7

%  

 

23

%  

 

23

%  

 

11

%  

 

20

%

42

Liquidity and (c)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by us, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account.

Our management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied toward consummating an initial business combination.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (the “Combination Period”), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and our board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of our company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.

Going Concern Consideration

Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2017,2020, we had a cash balance of cash and cash equivalents of approximately $561,000, which excludes interest income of approximately $4.8 million$22.8 million. Through December 31, 2020, our liquidity needs were satisfied through proceeds from our investments in the Trust Account which is available to us for tax obligations, if any. There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman federal income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on us. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in our financial statements.

We intend to use substantially all of theinitial public offering and funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representingproceeds from the PIPE Transaction (as defined below), our June 2019 and December 2020 registered direct offering, loans under the Paycheck Protection Program, and our February 2020 and November 2020 Credit Facilities.

On November 13, 2020, we entered into a loan and security agreement that provides for term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. The loan and security agreement is supported by a security interest earnedin our assets and related guaranty agreements. On the closing date, we fully drew on the Trust Account (less taxes payablecredit facility and deferred underwriting commissions)the current outstanding balance is $25.0 million. As such, no additional amounts are available from it. The credit facility replaced our prior $12.0 million unsecured credit facility.

On November 17, 2020, we filed a Form S-3 Registration Statement under which the Company may sell a combination of securities up to complete our initial business combination. Toa total dollar amount of $40.0 million. On November 25, 2020, the extent that our equity or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete the initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitionsCompany entered into an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement with B. Riley Securities, Inc. (“B. Riley”) and pursue its growth strategies.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provided that we had until November 1, 2018 to complete the initial business combination as discussed above. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributionsNeedham & Company (“Needham”) with respect to our warrants,an at-the-market offering program under which will expire worthless ifthe Company may offer and sell shares of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share having an aggregate offering price of up to $10.0 million through B. Riley and Needham as its sales agents. 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we fail to complete the initial business combination by November 1, 2018. In connection with our assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB's Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-15, "Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern," management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about our ability towill continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amountsconcern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the expansion of our direct sales force, strategic relationships and international operations, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We currently anticipate that our cash on hand, together with revenue from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated capital requirements during 2021.  However, if our projections of revenue or liabilities shouldexpenditures are inaccurate, we may require additional equity or debt financing during 2021. Sales of additional equity, including under the At Market Sales Agreement, could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we borrow additional funds, the terms of those financing arrangements, if available, may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility. We can provide no assurance that financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain financing on terms favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we would be required to liquidate after November 1, 2018.curtail our operating activities and capital expenditures, and our business operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

PIPE Transaction

Critical Accounting Policy

Ordinary Shares SubjectImmediately prior to Possible Redemption

We account for ourthe closing of the business combination (the “Closing”), pursuant to subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”), dated as of various dates from January 9, 2019 through February 12, 2019, by and among GTY Cayman and certain institutional and accredited investors party thereto (the “Subscribed Investors”), GTY Cayman issued to the Subscribed Investors an aggregate of 12,853,098 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordanceof GTY for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $126.3 million, including three such Subscription Agreements with certain CityBase holders (including Michael Duffy, the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. Ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as liability instruments and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the controlchief executive officer of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrenceCityBase) for an aggregate of uncertain events not solely within our control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. Our380,937 Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrenceGTY Cayman at a price of uncertain future events. Accordingly,$10.00 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $3.8 million (the “PIPE Transaction”). The Class A ordinary shares subjectof GTY Cayman issued to possible redemptionthe Subscribed Investors were cancelled and exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of Company common stock at redemption value are presented as temporary equity, outsidethe Closing.

43

Historical Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our accompanying balance sheet.cash flows for the periods indicated (amounts in thousands):

33

Successor

Predecessor

February 19, 2019

January 1, 2019

Year Ended

through

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

February 18,

    

2020

  

2019

  

  

 2019

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(12,974)

$

(57,230)

$

284

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

$

(3,023)

$

36,787

$

1,516

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

$

30,510

$

28,561

$

(539)

Results of Operations

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Activities

Our entirenet loss and cash flows from operating activities upare significantly influenced by the Acquisition and our investments in headcount and infrastructure to December 31, 2017 were in preparation for our initial public offering and, since the closing of the initial public offering, a search for initial business combination candidates. We will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial business combination. We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after this period.

support anticipated growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we had2020, net incomecash used in operations was $13.0 million resulting from our net loss of approximately $3.9$44.0 million which consisted of formation and operating costs of approximately $694,000, offset by interest incomenet non-cash expenses of approximately $4.56$30.4 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million.

For the period from August 11, 2016 (inception) up to December 31, 2016, we had net income The $30.4 million of approximately $64,000, which consistednon-cash expenses was primarily comprised of formation and operating costs$14.7 million of approximately $200,000, offset by interest incomeamortization of approximately $264,000.

Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

In August 2016, we issued 8,625,000 shares of Class B ordinary shares to the Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000. On each of October 14 and October 26, 2016, we effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 11,500,000 and 13,800,000 founder shares outstanding, respectively, which have been retroactively restated on the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements. The 13,800,000 founder shares include an aggregate of up to 1,800,000 shares that would be surrendered to us for no consideration by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full, so that the initial shareholders will collectively own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the initial public offering. Asintangible assets acquired as a result of the underwriters’ exerciseAcquisition, $8.6 million from share-based compensation expense associated with the issuance of their over-allotment optionrestricted stock units, a $2.1 million loss on November 1, 2016, no founderissuance of shares, $2.0 million of amortization of right of use assets associated with our operating and finance leases, $2.0 million of goodwill impairment expense, a $2.0 change in fair value of contingent consideration, and $0.9 million of depreciation expense.  These non-cash expenses were surrendered to uspartially offset by the Sponsor.

In October 2016, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each$2.8 million of our independent director nominees at the same per-share purchase price paid by the Sponsor. The foregoing transfers of founder shares were made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to the so-called 4(a)(1)-½ exemption. The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon the consummation of an initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in our final prospectus anddeferred tax benefits related to the closingtax and book basis difference on the amortization of intangible assets.   The $0.7 million of net cash flows provided as a result of changes in our initial business combination,operating assets and liabilities was due to a $6.3 million increase in deferred revenue and partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $2.1 million decrease in operating lease liabilities, a $0.8 million increase in accounts receivable, and a $0.7 million increase in prepaid expenses.

For the ratio at which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted so that the numberSuccessor Period, net cash used in operations was $57.2 million resulting from our net loss of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion$95.7 million and offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate 20%$1.0 million and net non-cash expenses of $37.4 million. The $37.4 million of non-cash expenses was comprised of a $32.2 million goodwill impairment charge, $12.8 million of amortization of intangible assets acquired as a result of the sumAcquisition and $5.4 million from share-based compensation offset by $8.5 million of the ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of the initial public offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked shares issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial business combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued to the Sponsor.

The Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the founder shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until the earlier to occur of (i) one year after the completion of an initial business combination, or earlier if, subsequent to an initial business combination, the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing 150 days after the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the date following the completion of an initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Concurrently with the closing of the initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,693,334 private placement warrants at $1.50 per private placement warrants, generated gross proceeds of $13.04 million in the private placement.

Each private placement warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. A portion of the proceeds from sale of the private placement warrants was added to the proceeds from the initial public offering to be held in the Trust Account. If we do not complete an initial business combination within the Combination Period, the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

34

Due to Related Party

Our Sponsor loaned us in the form of a promissory note up to $200,000 to be used for the payment of costsdeferred tax benefits related to the initial public offering.tax and book basis difference on the amortization of intangible assets and $6.1 million benefit from the change in fair value of contingent consideration.

For the Predecessor Period, net cash provided by operations was $0.3 million resulting from our changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.6 million and net non-cash expenses of $0.4 million offset by our net loss of $1.7 million. The loan$1.6 million of net cash flows provided as a result of changes in our operating assets and liabilities was non-interest bearing, unsecuredprimarily due to a $2.2 million decrease in accounts receivable resulting from seasonality in billings and due uponoffset by a $0.7 million decrease in contract and other long-term liabilities. The $0.4 million of non-cash expenses was primarily comprised of $0.2 million of depreciation of property and equipment.

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of investments in marketable securities and capital expenditures. In February 2019, we completed our Acquisition and the closing of the initial public offering. The Company paid off all outstanding amount to the Sponsor in December 2016.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If we complete an initial business combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. In the event that an initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds heldresulting cash flow impact is described below in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of an initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.Successor Period.

Administrative Service Reimbursement

We have agreed to reimburse the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month for office space, and secretarial and administrative services, commencing on the effective date of the initial public offering through the earlier of our consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation. We recognized $120,000 and $20,000 forFor the year ended December 31, 20172020, cash used in investing activities was $3.0 million due primarily to $2.7 million of capital expenditures resulting largely from the lease improvements and forfurniture purchases at Questica’s new facility.

For the periodSuccessor Period, cash provided by investing activities was $36.8 million resulting from August 11, 2016 (inception)$217.6 million of proceeds from cash held in a trust and offset primarily due to the Acquisition which had a cash purchase price of $179.4 million net of cash acquired and $1.4 million of capital expenditures and capitalization of internal-use software.

44

For the Predecessor Period, cash provided by investing activities was $1.5 million due to a $1.5 million sale of marketable securities by Questica.

Net Cash Provided By (Used in) Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively,2020, cash provided by financing activities was $30.5 million due primarily to $37.8 million of proceeds from borrowings, net of issuance costs resulting from our February 2020 and November 2020 Credit Facilities and loans provided under the Paycheck Protection Program and $7.0 million in connection with this agreement inproceeds received from the accompanying statementissuance of operations.common stock.  These proceeds were partially offset by $12 million of repayment of borrowings and $1.3 million of contingent consideration payments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would haveFor the Successor Period, cash provided by financing activities was $28.6 million primarily as a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

Contractual Obligations

Registration Rights

The holders of the founder shares and private placement warrants and warrants that maybe issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exerciseresult of the private placement warrantsof Class A shares of $125.3 million and warrants that may be issued upon conversionproceeds received from the successful registered direct offering of Working Capital Loans) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant tocommon stock of $25.5 million, net of costs and offset primarily by the redemption of shares in the amount of $114.0 million and $4.2 million of common stock repurchases.

For the Predecessor Period, cash used in financing activities was $0.5 million primarily as a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective dateresult of member distributions of $0.5 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

See Note 3 of the initial public offering. notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The holdersimpact of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummationrecently issued accounting standards is set forth in Note 2, Summary of a business combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until terminationSignificant Accounting Policies, of the applicable Lock-Up Period. We will bear the expenses incurrednotes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

We granted the underwriters a 45-day option from October 26, 2016 to purchase up to 7,200,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, which was fully exercisedthis Annual Report on November 1, 2016.

We paid an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $11.04 million in the aggregate, upon the consummation of the initial public offering. $0.35 per unit, or $19.32 million in the aggregate will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting fees. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that we complete an initial business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Form 10-K.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not party to any off-balance sheet transactions. Other than the guarantees described in Note 10, we have no guarantees or obligations other than those which arise out of normal business operations.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist primarily of obligations under operating and financing leases, which include among others, our offices and leased kiosks. The following table summarizes our commitments to settle contractual obligations in cash as of December 31, 2020:

Payment Due by Period

Total

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

Operating lease obligations

    

$

5,213

    

$

1,344

    

$

662

    

$

361

    

$

346

    

$

413

    

$

2,087

Finance lease obligations

 

778

 

581

 

197

 

 

 

 

Term loans

28,210

3,210

25,000

As of December 31, 2017,2020, we also had contingent obligations in the form of potential earnout payments to individuals associated with each of CityBase and eCivis.  See Note 3 of the Financial Statements for additional information regarding the accounting treatment of such contingent obligations.

Individuals associated with CityBase may receive, upon CityBase’s trailing twelve-month net revenue exceeding $37.0 million, or the CityBase threshold, on or prior to December 31, 2048, an earnout payment equal to a number of shares (or, in the case of certain individuals associated with CityBase who are not accredited investors, the cash value thereof) of our common stock calculated by dividing $54.5 million by: (i) $10.00 if the CityBase threshold is met on or prior to December 31, 2021 or (ii) the greater of (x) $10.00 or (y) the volume-weighted average closing price for the shares of our common stock for the 30 trading days immediately preceding the payment date if the CityBase threshold is met after December 31, 2021.

Pursuant to the terms of a 2018 asset purchase agreement by eCivis, shareholders associated with the purchase may receive cash consideration equal to 7.5% of new revenue between $500,000 and 999,999.99, 10% of new revenue above

45

$1,000,000, 2% of renewal revenue up to 249,999.99 3% of renewal revenue between $250,000.00 to $749,999.99 and 5% above $750,000.00 in each earn-out year beginning in 2018 and ending in 2022.  Only revenue derived from the acquired assets is eligible.  The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make is unlimited.  

In accordance with an asset purchase agreement by Questica, shareholders associated with the purchase may receive 50% of the net maintenance and subscription revenue derived from the assets purchased under the agreement less the value of any annual loss in each earn-out year beginning in 2018 and ending in 2021.  The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments tha the Company could be required to make is unlimited.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S- KS-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations.

obligations

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart GTY’s Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will beare allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, ourGTY’s consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

35

Going Concern Consideration

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of association provide that we will have until(i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following November 1, 2018 to complete our initial business combination. If2021, the fifth anniversary of the GTY Cayman IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are unabledeemed to completebe a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our initialcommon stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business combination by then,day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but nothave issued more than ten business days thereafter, redeem$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders' rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law.prior three-year period.

There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination by November 1, 2018.

In connection with the Company's assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB's Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-15, "Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern," management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after November 1, 2018.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activitiesThe company qualifies as a smaller reporting company and activities relating to the initial public offering and the identification and evaluation of prospective acquisition targets for a business combination. We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues. Following our initial public offering, we invested the funds held in the Trust Account invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 180 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in US treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we dois not believe that there will be an associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

At December 31, 2017, approximately $556.8 million was held in the Trust Account for the purposes of consummating a business combination. If we complete a business combination within 24 months after the closing of our initial public offering, the funds in the Trust Account will be used to pay for the business combination, redemptions of Class A ordinary shares, if any, deferred underwriting compensation of $19.32 million and accrued expenses related to the business combination. Any funds remaining will be made available to usrequired to provide working capital to finance our operations.the information required by this Item.

We have not engaged in any hedging activities since our inception. We do not expect to engage in any hedging activities with respect to the market risk to which we are exposed.

46

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

GTY Technology Holdings Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GTY Technology Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”"Company"), as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016, and2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for2020, the successor period from August 11, 2016 (inception)February 19, 2019 through December 31, 20162019, and the predecessor period January 1, 2019 through February 18, 2019, and the related consolidated notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”"consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, and the results of its consolidated operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for2020, the successor period from August 11, 2016 (inception)February 19, 2019 through December 31, 2016,2019, and the predecessor period January 1, 2019 through February 18, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Other Matter

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements if the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination by November 1, 2018, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. This mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits.    We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  As part of our audits we were required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016

Whippany, New Jersey

March 14, 2018

February 19, 2021

37

F-1

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

  As of December 31, 
  2017  2016 
Assets        
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $561,434  $1,219,822 
Prepaid expenses  66,907   21,164 
Total current assets  628,341   1,240,986 
         
Cash and cash equivalents held in Trust Account  556,817,512   552,263,774 
Total Assets $557,445,853  $553,504,760 
         
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $29,658  $68,739 
Accrued expenses - related party  140,000   20,000 
Total current liabilities  169,658   88,739 
Deferred underwriting fees  19,320,000   19,320,000 
Total Liabilities  19,489,658   19,408,739 
         
Commitments        
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, $0.0001 par value; 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 shares at redemption value at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively  532,956,190   529,096,020 
         
Shareholders' Equity:        
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding  -   - 
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 1,904,381 and 2,290,398 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 shares subject to possible redemption, respectively) at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively  190   229 
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 13,800,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016  1,380   1,380 
Additional paid-in capital  1,074,317   4,934,449 
Retained earnings  3,924,118   63,943 
Total Shareholders' Equity  5,000,005   5,000,001 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity $557,445,853  $553,504,760 

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2020

  

2019

Assets

 

  

 

  

Current assets:

 

  

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

$

22,800

$

8,374

Accounts receivable, net

9,994

9,184

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

2,583

 

3,047

Total current assets

 

35,377

 

20,605

 

 

  

Property and equipment, net

3,891

1,697

Finance lease right of use assets

1,355

1,488

Operating lease right of use assets

2,610

5,876

Intangible assets, net

101,107

115,788

Goodwill

284,635

286,635

Other assets

 

3,472

 

2,304

Total assets

$

432,447

$

434,393

 

 

  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

  

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

$

6,366

$

8,443

Deferred revenue - current portion

 

22,304

 

17,346

Finance lease liability - current portion

581

555

Operating lease liability - current portion

1,316

1,851

Contingent consideration - current portion

743

12,680

Total current liabilities

 

31,310

 

40,875

Deferred revenue - less current portion

1,602

1,264

Deferred tax liability

17,494

20,276

Contingent consideration - less current portion

42,530

41,233

Term loans, net

26,632

Finance lease liability - less current portion

147

811

Operating lease liability - less current portion

 

2,927

 

4,311

Total liabilities

 

122,642

 

108,770

 

 

  

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

  

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

  

Common stock, par value $0.0001; 400,000,000 authorized; 56,667,035 shares issued and 55,570,282 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 52,920,228 shares issued and 52,303,862 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019, net of treasury stock

 

6

 

5

Exchangeable shares, 0 par value, 5,972,779 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 5,568,096 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

54,224

 

45,681

Additional paid in capital

 

390,232

 

369,756

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

6

 

370

Treasury stock, at cost, 1,096,753 shares as of December 31, 2020 and 616,366 shares as of December 31, 2019

(5,633)

(5,174)

Accumulated deficit

(129,030)

(85,015)

Total shareholders' equity

 

309,805

 

325,623

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

432,447

$

434,393

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

38

F-2

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

     For the Period from August 11, 
  For the Year Ended,  2016 (Inception) through 
  December 31, 2017  December 31, 2016 
General and administrative expenses $694,226  $199,834 
Loss from operations  (694,226)  (199,834)
Interest income  4,554,401   263,777 
Net income $3,860,175  $63,943 
         
Weighted average shares outstanding        
Basic(1)  15,982,914   14,870,338 
Diluted  69,000,000   38,024,460 
         
Net earnings per share        
Basic $0.24  $0.00 
Diluted $0.06  $0.00 

Successor

Predecessor

February 19, 2019

January 1, 2019

Year Ended

through

through

December 31, 

December 31,

February 18,

    

2020

2019

    

2019

Revenues

$

48,128

$

31,515

$

4,928

Cost of revenues

 

18,468

 

11,928

 

1,614

Gross Profit

 

29,660

 

19,587

 

3,314

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing

16,150

13,088

1,394

General and administrative

21,743

23,010

1,749

Research and development

12,158

11,546

1,580

Amortization of intangible assets

14,681

12,809

32

Acquisition costs

36,988

151

Goodwill impairment

2,000

32,198

Restructuring charges

3,666

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

1,980

(6,135)

(37)

Total operating expenses

72,378

123,504

4,869

Loss from operations

(42,718)

(103,917)

(1,555)

Other income (expense)

Interest income (expense), net

(1,758)

225

(170)

Loss from repurchase/issuance of shares

(2,056)

(1,032)

Other income, net

78

472

12

Total other income (expense), net

(3,736)

(335)

(158)

Loss before income taxes

(46,454)

(104,252)

(1,713)

Benefit from income taxes

2,439

8,595

Net loss

(44,015)

(95,657)

(1,713)

Deemed dividend for Exchangeable Shares - Series C

(183)

Net loss applicable to common shareholders

$

(44,015)

$

(95,840)

$

(1,713)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

$

(0.82)

$

(1.88)

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

53,450

50,867

Net loss

$

(44,015)

$

(95,657)

$

(1,713)

Other comprehensive loss:

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

(364)

370

Total other comprehensive gain (loss)

(364)

370

Comprehensive loss

$

(44,379)

$

(95,287)

$

(1,713)

(1) This number excludes an aggregate of up to 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

39

F-3

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Year Ended December 31, 2020

  Ordinary Shares        Total 
  Class A  Class B  Additional Paid-In  Retained  Shareholders' 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Earnings  Equity 
Balance - August 11, 2016 (inception)  -  $-   -  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor  -   -   13,800,000   1,380   23,620   -   25,000 
Sale of units in initial public offering, net of offering costs  55,200,000   5,520   -   -   520,961,557   -   520,967,077 
Sale of private placement warrants to Sponsor in private placement  -   -   -   -   13,040,001   -   13,040,001 
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  (52,909,602)  (5,291)  -   -   (529,090,729)  -   (529,096,020)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   63,943   63,943 
Balance - December 31, 2016  2,290,398   229   13,800,000   1,380   4,934,449   63,943   5,000,001 
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  (386,017)  (39)  -   -   (3,860,132)  -   (3,860,171)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   3,860,175   3,860,175 
Balance - December 31, 2017  1,904,381  $190   13,800,000  $1,380  $1,074,317  $3,924,118  $5,000,005 

Accumulated

Additional

Other

Total

Common Stock

Exchangeable Shares

Paid in

Treasury

Accumulated

Comprehensive

Shareholders’

Successor

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Stock

    

Deficit

    

Income

    

Equity

Balance - December 31, 2019

 

52,303,862

$

5

 

5,568,096

$

45,681

$

369,756

$

(5,174)

$

(85,015)

$

370

$

325,623

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44,015)

 

 

(44,015)

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 

 

 

 

(364)

(364)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

8,621

 

 

 

 

8,621

Issuance of common stock

2,000,000

1

6,999

7,000

Share repurchases under equity program

(127,712)

(459)

(459)

Share Redemption (Incremental Shares Issued)

334,254

 

 

 

 

2,056

 

 

 

2,056

Shares issued for contingent consideration

336,965

 

550,388

 

10,000

1,334

 

11,334

Vested and issued restricted stock units

569,128

 

 

 

 

Stock option exercises

8,080

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

Common stock issued for exchangeable shares

145,705

 

 

(145,705)

 

(1,457)

 

1,457

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2020

 

55,570,282

$

6

 

5,972,779

$

54,224

$

390,232

$

(5,633)

$

(129,030)

$

6

$

309,805

Accumulated

Additional

Other

Total

Common Stock

Class A

Class B

Exchangeable Shares

Paid in

Treasury

Accumulated

Comprehensive

Shareholders’

Successor

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Stock

    

Deficit

    

Income

    

Equity

Balance - February 19, 2019

 

$

 

898,984

$

 

13,568,821

$

1

 

$

$

$

$

9,920

$

$

9,921

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95,657)

 

 

(95,657)

Ordinary shares no longer subject to possible redemption

 

 

 

9,216,438

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

88,190

 

 

722

 

 

88,913

Private placement of Class A shares, net of costs

 

 

12,863,098

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

125,256

 

 

 

 

125,258

Exchange of shares in GTY Merger

 

36,547,341

 

4

 

(22,978,520)

 

(3)

 

(13,568,821)

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock issued for acquisitions

 

11,969,004

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119,688

 

 

 

 

119,689

Shares convertible into Common Stock issued for acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,761,741

 

47,617

 

 

 

 

 

47,617

Common stock issued for exchangeable shares

500,000

3,860

3,860

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,429

 

 

 

 

5,429

Private placement of common stock, net of costs

3,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,450

 

 

 

25,450

Common stock repurchases

(616,366)

(5,174)

(5,174)

Vested and issued restricted stock units

97,595

Stock option exercises

112,643

130

130

Exchangeable shares converted to Common Stock

193,645

(193,645)

(1,936)

1,936

Foreign currency translation gain

370

370

Deemed dividend for exchangeable shares

(183)

(183)

Balance - December 31, 2019

 

52,303,862

$

5

 

$

 

$

 

5,568,096

$

45,681

$

369,756

$

(5,174)

$

(85,015)

$

370

$

325,623

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY – CONTINUED

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Predecessor from December 31, 2018 to February 18, 2019

Predecessor

Balance as of December 31, 2018

$

(37,142)

Net loss

(1,713)

Share-based compensation

61

Stock option exercises

13

Shareholders'/Members' equity activity

5,629

Balance as of February 18, 2019

$

(33,152)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40

F-5

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

  For the Year Ended December
31, 2017
  For the Period from August 11,
2016 (Inception) through
December 31, 2016
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities        
Net income $3,860,175  $63,943 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:        
Formation and operating costs paid by Sponsor  -   67,133 
Interest earned on cash and cash equivalents held in Trust Account  (4,553,739)  (263,774)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Prepaid expenses  (45,743)  (21,164)
Accounts payable  (39,081)  47,989 
Accrued expenses - related party  120,000   20,000 
Net cash used in operating activities  (658,388)  (85,873)
         
Cash Flows from Investing Activities        
Principal deposited in Trust Account  -   (552,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  -   (552,000,000)
         
Cash Flows from Financing Activities        
Proceeds received from initial public offering  -   552,000,000 
Payment of offering costs  -   (27,500)
Proceeds received from private placement, net of expense said by Sponsor  -   1,333,195 
Net cash provided by financing activities  -   553,305,695 
         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents  (658,388)  1,219,822 
         
Cash and cash equivalents- beginning of the period  1,219,822   - 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of the period $561,434  $1,219,822 
         
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:        
Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption $3,860,171  $- 
Offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for founder shares $-  $20,000 
Formation and offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for founder shares $-  $11,644,673 
Value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption $-  $529,096,020 
Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses $-  $20,750 

Successor

Predecessor

February 19,

January 01,

  

2019

2019

Year Ended

through

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

February 18,

    

2020

2019

2019

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

  

  

  

Net loss

$

(44,015)

$

(95,657)

$

(1,713)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

863

 

355

 

148

Amortization of intangible assets

14,681

12,809

32

Amortization of right of use assets

2,034

1,298

194

Share-based compensation

8,621

5,429

61

Deferred income tax benefit

(2,781)

(8,542)

Loss on issuance of shares

2,056

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs

759

Accrual of paid in kind interest

69

Bad debt expense (recovery)

90

(49)

6

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

6

2

Foreign exchange loss on payment of vested options

21

Goodwill impairment

2,000

32,198

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

1,980

(6,135)

(37)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

(18)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(818)

 

(5,276)

 

2,190

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(725)

 

(1,536)

 

202

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

(2,030)

 

(1,053)

 

(781)

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

6,335

9,985

Operating lease liabilities

 

(2,099)

 

(1,079)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(12,974)

 

(57,230)

 

284

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from cash held in trust

 

 

217,642

 

Sale of marketable securities

1,531

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

(179,423)

Capitalization of internal-use software

(311)

(793)

Capital expenditures

(2,712)

(639)

(15)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(3,023)

 

36,787

 

1,516

 

 

  

 

  

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from borrowings, net of issuance costs

 

37,803

 

 

35

Repayments of borrowings

(12,000)

(486)

(69)

Contingent consideration payments

(1,286)

(920)

Stock options exercises

9

130

13

Member distribution

(500)

Common stock repurchases

(459)

(4,174)

Note repayment for common stock repurchases

(1,000)

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

(113,982)

Redemption of Exchangeable Shares - Class C

(1,323)

Proceeds received from private placement of Class A shares, net of costs

125,258

Proceeds received from private placement of Common Stock, net of costs

7,000

25,450

Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets

30

1

Repayments of finance lease liabilities

 

(587)

 

(392)

 

(19)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

30,510

 

28,561

 

(539)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Effect of foreign currency on cash

 

(87)

 

204

 

(721)

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

14,426

8,322

540

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

8,374

 

52

 

13,929

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

$

22,800

$

8,374

$

14,469

 

  

 

  

 

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

41

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

Successor

Predecessor

February 19,

January 01,

  

2019

2019

Year Ended

through

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

February 18,

2020

2019

2019

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash paid for interest

$

883

$

$

Cash paid for income taxes

$

42

$

$

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

Common shares issued for contingent consideration

$

1,334

$

$

Exchangeable shares issued for contingent consideration

$

10,000

$

$

Share Redemption (Incremental Shares Issued)

$

2,056

$

$

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

$

3

$

$

Common Stock issued for Exchangeable Shares - Class C

$

$

3,860

$

Deemed dividend for Exchangeable Shares - Class C

$

$

183

$

Note payable issuance for common stock repurchases

$

$

1,000

$

Shares issued for the Acquisition

$

$

172,307

$

Reduction in convertible note liability

$

$

1,000

$

Exchangeable shares converted to Common Stock

$

1,457

$

1,936

$

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

$

$

2,714

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Organization and Business Operations

GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.), a Massachusetts corporation (“GTY”, the “Company” or “Successor”), is headquartered in Las Vegas, Nevada.

On February 19, 2019 (the “Company”“Closing Date”), the Company consummated several acquisitions (collectively, the “Acquisition”), pursuant to which it (i) acquired each of Bonfire Interactive Ltd., a Canadian company, and Bonfire Interactive US Ltd., its U.S. subsidiary (together, “Bonfire”), CityBase, Inc. (“CityBase”), eCivis Inc. (“eCivis”), Open Counter Enterprises Inc. (“Open Counter”), Questica Software Inc. and Questica USCDN Inc., Canadian companies, and Questica Ltd., a U.S. subsidiary (collectively, “Questica”) isand Sherpa Government Solutions LLC (“Sherpa” and together with Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter and Questica, the “Acquired Companies”) and (ii) became the parent company of its predecessor entity, GTY Technology Holdings Inc., a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 11, 2016. The Company(“GTY Cayman”). Until the Acquisition, GTY Cayman did not engage in any operations nor generate any revenues.  GTY Cayman was formed fordissolved during the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company has not yet identified (“business combination”). Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a business combination, the Company intends to focus on the technology industry, including software and services.

All activities throughyear ended December 31, 2017 relate to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (the “initial public offering”) and, since the closing of the initial public offering, a search for a business combination candidate described below. The Company is an emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with emerging growth companies.2020.

The registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering was declared effective on October 26, 2016. The Company consummated the initial public offering of 55,200,000 units, including the issuance of 7,200,000 units as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option in full (“units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being offered, the “public shares”) at $10.00 per unit on November 1, 2016, generating gross proceeds of $552 million. The Company incurred offering costs of approximately $31 million, inclusive of approximately $30.4 million of underwriting fees. The Company paid $11.04 million of underwriting fees upon the closing of the initial public offering and deferred $19.32 million of underwriting fees until the consummation of the initial business combination.

SimultaneouslyIn connection with the closing of the initial public offering,Acquisition, the Company consummatedchanged its name from GTY Govtech, Inc. to GTY Technology Holdings Inc. and became a successor issuer to GTY Cayman and continued the private placement (“private placement”) of 8,693,334 warrants (“private placement warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant with the Company’s sponsor, GTY Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of approximately $13.04 million (Note 4).

Upon the closing of the initial public offering and private placement on November 1, 2016, $552 million from the net proceeds of the sale of the units in the initial public offering and the private placement was placed in a U.S.-based trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee (“Trust Account”). The funds in the Trust Account were invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with maturities of 180 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of an initial business combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceedslisting of its initial public offering and private placement warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a business combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a business combination successfully. The Company must complete one or more initial business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. However, the Company will only complete a business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares sold in the initial public offering (“public shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of a business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public shareholders will be entitled to redeem their public shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially approximately $10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public shareholders who redeem their public shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 5). These public shares will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the initial public offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” In such case, the Company will proceed with a business combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a business combination and a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. If a shareholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a business combination. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain shareholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a business combination, the initial shareholders (as defined below) have agreed to vote their founder shares (as defined in Note 4) and any public shares purchased during or after the initial public offering in favor of a business combination. In addition, the initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of a business combination.

42

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% or more of the Class A ordinary shares sold in the initial public offering, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed not to propose an amendment to the Company’s second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete a business combination, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

If the Company is unable to complete a business combination within 24 months from the closing of the initial public offering (the “Combination Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law.

In connection with the redemption of 100% of the Company’s outstanding public shares for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and net of taxes payable).

The initial shareholders have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the founder shares if the Company fails to complete a business combination within the Combination Period. However, if the initial shareholders should acquire public shares in or after the initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if the Company fails to complete a business combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 5) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a business combination within in the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Company’s public shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be only $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company's independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) or to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor must indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s registered independent public accounting firms), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

On November 9, 2016, the Company announced that, commencing November 14, 2016, holders of the units sold in the Company’s initial public offering may elect to separately trade the Class A ordinary sharescommon stock and warrants included inon the units. The Class A ordinary shares and warrants that are separated trade on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”NASDAQ”) under the symbols “GTYH” and “GTYHW,” respectively. UnitsAs of June 2019, the Company’s warrants are no longer listed on any exchange.

GTY is a public sector SAAS company that are not separated continue to tradeoffers a cloud-based suite of solutions primarily for North American state and local governments. GTY’s cloud-based suite of solutions for state and local governments addresses functions in procurement, payments, grant management, budgeting and permitting. The following is a brief description of each of the Acquired Companies.

Bonfire

Bonfire Interactive Ltd., was incorporated on NasdaqMarch 5, 2012 under the symbol “GTYHU.”laws of the Province of Ontario, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bonfire Interactive US Ltd. (dissolved), was incorporated in the United States on January 8, 2018. Bonfire is a provider of strategic sourcing and procurement SaaS, serving customers in government, the broader public sector, and various highly-regulated commercial vertical markets.

Bonfire offers customers and their sourcing professionals a modern SaaS application that helps find, engage, evaluate, negotiate and award vendor and supplier contracts. Bonfire delivers workflow automation, data collection and analysis, and collaboration to drive cost savings, compliance, and strategic outcomes. All of Bonfire’s applications are delivered as a SaaS offering, and Bonfire offers implementation and premium support services.

43

CityBase

CityBase, a Delaware corporation headquartered in Chicago, provides dynamic content, digital services, and integrated payments via a SaaS platform that includes technological functionality accessible via web and mobile, kiosk, point-of-sale, and other channels. CityBase SaaS integrates its platform to underlying systems of record, billing, and other source systems, and configures payments and digital services to meet the requirements of its customers, which include government agencies and utility companies.

eCivis

eCivis, a Delaware corporation headquartered in Los Angeles, California, is a leading SaaS provider of grants management and indirect cost reimbursement solutions that enable its customers to standardize and streamline complex grant processes in a fully integrated platform. The eCivis platform consists of four core cloud-based products including grants research, grants management, sub-recipient management, and cost allocation and recovery. To assist its customers in the implementation of its cloud-based products, eCivis offers one-time implementation services, including data

F-8

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

integration, grants migration and change management. Additionally, eCivis provides ongoing grants management training, cost allocation plan consulting and cost recovery services.

Open Counter

Going Concern ConsiderationOpen Counter, a Delaware corporation headquartered in Boston, Massachussetts, is a developer and provider of SaaS tools for cities to streamline permitting and licensing services for municipal governments. Open Counter provides customers with SaaS through a hosted platform and also provides professional services related to SaaS implementation.

Questica

AsQuestica designs and develop budgeting SaaS that supports the unique requirements of December 31,the public sector. The Questica suite of products are part of a comprehensive web-based budgeting preparation, performance, management and data visualization solution that enables public sector and non-profit organizations to improve and shorten their budgeting cycles.

Questica Software Inc. was organized in 1998 as an Ontario corporation, maintains two offices located in Burlington, Ontario, Canada and serves the healthcare, K-12, higher education and local government verticals primarily in North America. Questica USCDN was organized in 2017 the Company had a balance of cashas an Ontario corporation and cash equivalents of approximately $561,000, which excludes interest income of approximately $4.8 million from the Company's investmentsQuestica Ltd. was incorporated in 2017 in the Trust Account whichUnited States as a Delaware corporation. Questica Ltd. is available tolocated in Huntington Beach, California, primarily serving the Company for tax obligations, if any. There is currently no taxation imposed on income bynon-profit market and services a limited number of customers in the Governmentpublic and private sector. The majority of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman federal income tax regulations, income taxesQuestica Ltd.’s customers are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflectedlocated in the Company’s financial statements.United States and Canada, and as well as some international customers, primarily located in the United Kingdom and Africa.

Sherpa

The Company intendsSherpa is a Colorado limited liability company headquartered in Denver, Colorado, established in 2004. Sherpa is a leading provider of public sector budgeting software and consulting services that help state and local governments create and manage budgets and performance. Customers purchase Sherpa’s software and then engage its consulting services to configure the software and receive training on how to manage the software going forward. Following implementation, customers continue to use substantially all of the funds heldsoftware in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete its initial Business Combination. To the extent that the Company’s equityexchange for maintenance or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete the initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue its growth strategies.

The Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provided that the Company had until November 1, 2018 to complete the initial Business Combination as discussed above. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination by November 1, 2018. In connection with the Company's assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB's Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-15, "Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern," management has determined that the mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after November 1, 2018.

subscription fees.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying balance sheet isconsolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes the results of operations into two distinct periods: (i) the period before the consummation of the Acquisition, which includes the period from January 1, 2019 to the Closing Date (the “2019 Predecessor Period”) and (ii) the period after consummation of the Acquisition which includes the period after the Closing Date to December 31, 2019 (“2019 Successor Period”), and the year ended December 31, 2020. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include a black line division which indicates that the Acquired Companies and the Company’s financial information are presented on a different basis and are therefore, not comparable.

Determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities assumed is judgmental in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. See Note 3 – Business Combination for a discussion of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities recorded in connection with the Acquisition.

F-9

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The historical financial information of GTY Cayman prior to the Acquisition is not being reflected in the Predecessor financial statements as these historical amounts have been determined not to be useful to a user of the financial statements. GTY Cayman’s operations prior to the Acquisition, other than income from the Trust Account (as defined in Note 11. Shareholders’ Equity) investments and transaction expenses, were nominal.

Principles of Consolidation

The Successor Period consolidated financial statements include all accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Predecessor Period consolidated financial statements include all accounts of the Acquired Companies and the Acquired Companies’ subsidiaries and does not represent a single legal entity. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Reclassification

Certain prior period balance sheet and statement of operations amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications did not significantly impact any prior amounts of reported total assets or total liabilities, and did not impact stockholders’ equity or cash flows.

Liquidity

As reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company reported a net loss of $44.0 million and $95.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the Successor Period 2019, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $129.0 million as of December 31, 2020.  The Company’s net cash used in operations was $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.

In April and May 2020, the Company received $3.2 million in proceeds from loans under the Paycheck Protection Program.  In November 2020, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan facility that provides for borrowing of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million.  In December 2020, the Company issued 2.0 million shares of common stock in a registered direct offering for $7.0 million at a price of $3.50 per share.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $22.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, largely from the above financing sources. Based on the Company’s current expectations of revenues and expenses, the Company expects that its current cash and cash equivalents is sufficient to meet its liquidity needs for twelve months after the issuance of these financial statements. If the Company’s revenues do not grow as expected and if the Company is unable to manage expenses sufficiently, the Company may be required to obtain additional equity or debt financing. Although the Company has been previously able to attract financing as needed, such financing may not continue to be available at all, or if available, on reasonable terms as required. Further, the terms of such financing may be dilutive to existing shareholders or otherwise on terms not favorable to the Company or existing shareholders. If the Company is unable to secure additional financing, as circumstances require, or does not succeed in meeting its sales objectives, it may not be able to continue its operations.

Segments

The Company has 6 operating segments. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, who jointly are the Company’s chief operating decision maker, review financial information for each of the Acquired Companies, together with certain consolidated operating metrics, to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company’s performance. See Note 12.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies

F-10

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable.

The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s consolidated financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-termhighly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less when purchasedat the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

44

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Cash includes cash held in checking and savings accounts. Cash equivalents are comprised of investments in money market mutual funds. Cash and Cash Equivalents Held in Trust Accountcash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of amounts due from our customers, which are primarily located throughout the United States and Canada. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, do not require collateral, and do not bear interest.

The amounts heldCompany estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the Company’s customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy and significantly aged receivables outstanding. Uncollectible receivables are written-off in the Trust Account represent substantially all ofperiod management believes it has exhausted every opportunity to collect payment from the proceeds ofcustomer. Bad debt expense is recorded when events or circumstances indicate an additional allowance is required based on the initial public offering and are classifiedCompany’s specific identification approach.

The allowance for doubtful accounts as restricted assets since such amounts can only be used by the Company in connection with the consummation of a business combination. As of December 31, 20172020 and 2016, cash and marketable securities, which are classified as trading securities, held in the Trust Account consisted of approximately $555.8 million and $552.3 million in U.S. Treasury Bills, respectively, and approximately $1,000 and $900 in cash, respectively. At December 31, 2017, there2019 was approximately $4.8 million of interest income held in the Trust Account available to the Companyimmaterial. Bad debt expense for tax obligations.all periods presented was immaterial.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. Cash accounts in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. AtAs of December 31, 2017,2020 and 2019, the Company had not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts. Additionally, all Canadian Dollars (“CDN”) institution amounts are covered by Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, or CDIC insurance.

F-11

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheetsheets and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the consolidated financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

The COVID-19 pandemic has created and may continue to create significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, which may cause further customer slowdowns or shutdowns, depress demand, and adversely impact results of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company faced significant uncertainties and continues to expect uncertainties around its key accounting estimates to continue to evolve depending on the duration and degree of impact associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. Estimates may change as new events occur and additional information emerges, and such changes are recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

OfferingProperty and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations in the period realized. Property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over five (5) to fifteen (15) years. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of three (3) to five (5) years.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives or the term of the respective leases.

Capitalized Software Costs

Offering costs consisting of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and otherThe Company capitalizes costs incurred that were directlyduring the application development stage related to the initial public offering totaled approximately $31development of internal-use software and enterprise cloud computing services. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 Successor Period, the Company capitalized $0.3 million inclusiveand $0.8 million for internal use software, respectively.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of $19.32acquired customer relationships, acquired developed technology, trade names and non-compete agreements which were acquired as part of the Acquisition. The Company determines the appropriate useful life of its intangible assets by performing an analysis of expected cash flows of the acquired assets. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an entity over the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.   Under ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic impairment testing.  ASC 350 requires that an entity assign its goodwill to reporting units and test each reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  In our evaluation of goodwill for impairment, which is performed annually during the fourth quarter, we first assess

F-12

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it was more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company is required to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. As a result of the Acquisition, the Company acquired goodwill during the Successor Period. There was minimal goodwill prior to the Acquisition.  As a result of our annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment expense of $2.0 million of deferred underwriting fees. Offering costs were charged to shareholders’ equity uponits eCivis segment for the completionyear ended December 31, 2020 and $18.0 million, $12.9 million and $1.3 million of its CityBase, Bonfire and eCivis segments, respectively, for the initial public offering on November 1, 2016.2019 Successor Period.

Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

Business Combinations (Successor)

The Company accounts for business acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting based on Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805 — Business Combinations, which requires recognition and measurement of all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value as of the date control is obtained. The Company determines the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon its Class A ordinary sharesbest estimates of the acquisition-date fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Subsequent adjustments to the fair value of any contingent consideration are recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Based on the acquisition date and the complexity of the underlying valuation work, certain amounts included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements may be provisional and thus subject to possible redemptionfurther adjustments within the permitted measurement period (a year from the date of acquisition), as defined in ASC 805. During the Successor Period ended December 31, 2019, adjustments were made within the permitted measurement period that resulted in (i) an increase in the aggregate consideration of the Acquisition of $0.4 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustments, (ii) the conversion of $0.04 million stock consideration to cash consideration for the correction of an investor’s status to a non-accredited investor, (iii) a decrease in intangible assets of $4.4 million, (iv) a decrease in contingent consideration as a result of the Acquisition of $7.5 million and (v) a decrease in the related deferred tax liability of $11.0 million due to updated information regarding facts and circumstances which existed as of the date of the business combination (the “Measurement Period Adjustments). These Measurement Period Adjustments have been reflected as current period adjustments in the Successor Period ended December 31, 2019 in accordance with the guidance in ASU 2015-16 “Business Combinations.” The Measurement Period Adjustments primarily impacted goodwill, with no effect on earnings or cash in the current period. See Note 4.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets and goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the asset’s carrying value exceeds the total undiscounted cash flows expected from its use and eventual disposition. The amount of the impairment loss is determined as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value.

Leases

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company accounts for its leases under ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. Ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any)842, Leases. Under this guidance, arrangements meeting the definition of a lease are classified as liability instrumentsoperating or financing leases, and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as both a right of use asset and a lease liability, calculated by discounting fixed lease payments over the lease term at the rate implicit in the lease or the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are increased by interest and reduced by payments each period, and the right of use asset is amortized over the lease term. For operating leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right of use asset results in straight-line rent expense over the lease term. Variable lease expenses are recorded when incurred.

F-13

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

In calculating the right of use asset and lease liability, the Company elects to combine lease and non-lease components. The Company excludes short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less from the new guidance as an accounting policy election, and recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company accounted for leases prior to January 1, 2019 under ASC Topic 840.

Fair Value

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company utilizes a fair value hierarchy that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value and defines three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

Level 1 — uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — uses observable inputs other than quoted prices in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — uses one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and that reflect the use of significant management judgment.

The Company’s only material financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, with changes in fair value flowing through current earnings, consist of contingent consideration liabilities recorded in conjunction with business combinations and are as follows:

Fair Value Measurement at

Reporting Date Using

    

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

Active Markets

Other

Significant

Balance as of

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

December 31, 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

2020

(Level 1)

(Level 2) 

(Level 3)

Contingent consideration – current

$

743

$

$

$

743

Contingent consideration – long term

 

42,530

 

 

 

42,530

Total liabilities measured at fair value

$

43,273

$

$

$

43,273

Fair Value Measurement at

Reporting Date Using

    

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

Active Markets

Other

Significant

Balance as of

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

December 31, 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

2019

(Level 1)

(Level 2) 

(Level 3)

Contingent consideration – current

$

12,680

$

$

$

12,680

Contingent consideration – long term

 

41,233

 

 

 

41,233

Total liabilities measured at fair value

$

53,913

$

$

$

53,913

F-14

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

There were no transfers made among the three levels in the fair value hierarchy during the period after consummation of the Acquisition, which includes the 2019 Successor Period and the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following table presents additional information about Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary sharesBoth observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that feature redemption rights that are eitherthe Company has classified within the control ofLevel 3 category. As a result, the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solelyunrealized gains and losses for liabilities within the Company’s control) are classifiedLevel 3 category may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

Changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 were as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. follows:

Contingent consideration – December 31, 2019

    

$

53,913

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

1,980

Issuance of exchangeable shares for contingent consideration

(10,000)

Issuance of common stock for contingent consideration

(1,334)

Payments of contingent consideration

(1,286)

Contingent consideration – December 31, 2020

$

43,273

The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outsidefair value of the Company’s contingent consideration liabilities recorded as part of the Acquisition has been classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The contingent consideration represents the estimated fair value of future payments due to the sellers based on each company’s achievement of annual earnings targets in certain years and other events considered in certain transaction documents. The fair values of the contingent consideration are calculated through the use of either Monte Carlo simulation or modified Black-Scholes analyses based on earnings projections for the respective earn-out periods, corresponding earnings thresholds, and approximate timing of payments as outlined in the purchase agreements for each of the Acquired Companies. The analyses utilized the following assumptions: (i) expected term; (ii) risk-adjusted net sales or earnings; (iii) risk-free interest rate; and (iv) expected volatility of earnings. Estimated payments, as determined through the respective models, were further discounted by a credit spread assumption to account for credit risk. The contingent consideration is revalued to fair value each period, and any increase or decrease is recorded in operating income (loss). The fair value of the contingent consideration may be impacted by certain unobservable inputs, most significantly with regard to discount rates, expected volatility and historical and projected performance. Significant changes to these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement.

As of December 31, 2020, the contingent consideration liability consists of consideration due to former shareholders of CityBase, shareholders associated with an asset purchase by eCivis prior to the Acquisition and shareholders associated with an asset purchase by Questica prior to the Acquisition.  

Shareholders associated with CityBase may receive, upon CityBase’s trailing twelve-month net revenue exceeding $37.0 million, or the CityBase threshold, on or prior to December 31, 2048, an earnout payment equal to a number of shares (or, in the case of certain individuals associated with CityBase who are not accredited investors, the cash value thereof) of our common stock calculated by dividing $54.5 million by: (i) $10.00 if the CityBase threshold is met on or prior to December 31, 2021 or (ii) the greater of (x) $10.00 or (y) the volume-weighted average closing price for the shares of our common stock for the 30 trading days immediately preceding the payment date if the CityBase threshold is met after December 31, 2021.  The fair value of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2020 is $42.0 million.  The valuation of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2020 was derived from a Monte Carlo simulation of payout patterns from revenue estimates provided by the Company.

Pursuant to the terms of a 2018 asset purchase agreement by eCivis, shareholders associated with the purchase may receive cash consideration equal to 7.5% of new revenue between $500,000 and 999,999.99, 10% of new revenue above $1,000,000, 2% of renewal revenue up to 249,999.99 3% of renewal revenue between $250,000.00 to $749,999.99 and 5% above $750,000.00 in each earn-out year beginning in 2018 and ending in 2022.  Only revenue derived from the

F-15

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

acquired assets is eligible.  The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make is unlimited.

 The total fair value of the associated contingent liability as of December 31, 2020 is approximately $0.9 million.  The valuation of contingent consideration as of December 31, 2020 was derived from a discounted cash flow model based on expected payment amounts estimated by the Company.

In accordance with an asset purchase agreement by Questica, shareholders associated with the purchase may receive 50% of the net maintenance and subscription revenue derived from the assets purchased under the agreement less the value of any annual loss in each earn-out year beginning in 2018 and ending in 2021.  The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments tha the Company could be required to make is unlimited.  The fair value of the associated contingent liability as of December 31, 2020 was approximately $0.4 million and is based on the Company’s internal forecasts.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, generally annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. These assets include goodwill and other intangible assets.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

As a result of our annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment expense of $2.0 million of its eCivis segment and $18.0 million, $12.9 million and $1.3 million of its CityBase, Bonfire and eCivis segments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 Successor Period, respectively.  This measurement was performed on a non-recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The assets, liabilities and results of operations of certain consolidated entities are measured using their functional currency, which is the currency of the primary foreign economic environment in which they operate. Upon consolidating these entities with the Company, their assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at currency exchange rates as of the consolidated balance sheet date and their revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average currency exchange rates during the applicable reporting periods. Translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating these entities’ consolidated financial statements are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets and total other comprehensive loss on the consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) revenue recognition framework, ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), on January 1, 2017 using the full retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on prior revenue recognition or on opening equity, as the timing and measurement of revenue recognition for the Company is materially the same under ASC 606 as it was under the prior relevant guidance.

With the adoption of Topic 606, revenues are recognized upon transfer of control of promised products and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services. If the consideration promised in a contract includes a variable amount, the Company includes an estimate of the amount it expects to receive for the total transaction price if it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues recognized will not occur.

F-16

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Company determines the amount of revenues to be recognized through application of the following steps:

Identification of the contract, or contracts with a customer;
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
Determination of the transaction price;
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
Recognition of revenues when or as the Company satisfies the performance obligations.

For contracts where the period between when the Company transfers a promised service to the customer and when the customer pays is one year or less, the Company has elected the practical expedient to not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component.

The Company has made a policy election to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a government authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue producing transaction and collected by the Company from a customer. Such taxes may include but are not limited to sales, use, value added and certain excise taxes.

Disaggregation of Revenues

Successor

Predecessor

  

February 19,

January 1, 2019

Year Ended

2019 through

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

February 18,

    

2020

  

2019

    

2019

Subscriptions, support and maintenance

$

35,477

  

$

21,207

$

3,253

Professional services

 

11,109

  

 

8,326

 

1,269

License

 

1,315

  

 

1,930

 

383

Asset sales

 

227

  

 

52

 

23

Total revenues

$

48,128

  

$

31,515

$

4,928

Revenues

Subscription, support and maintenance. The Company delivers SaaS that provide customers with access to SaaS related support and updates during the term of the arrangement. Revenues are recognized ratably over the contract term as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the subscription service, as the service is made available by the Company. Subscription fees for the first year are typically payable within 30 days after the execution of a contract, and thereafter upon renewal. The Company initially records subscription fees as contract liabilities and recognizes revenues on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

Our contracts may include variable consideration in the form of usage fees, which are constrained and recognized once the uncertainties associated with the constraint are resolved, which is when usage occurs and the fee is known.

Subscription, support and maintenance revenues also includes kiosk rentals and support or maintenance for on-premises software pertaining to license sales. Revenues from kiosk rentals and that support are recognized on a straight-line basis over the support period.

Revenues from subscription, support and maintenance comprised approximately 74%, 67% and 66% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020, the 2019 Successor Period, and the 2019 Predecessor Period, respectively.

F-17

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Professional services. The Company’s professional services contracts generate revenues on a time and materials, fixed fee or subscription basis. Revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and materials contracts. Revenues are recognized when the milestones are achieved and accepted by the customer or on a proportional performance basis for fixed fee contracts. Revenues are recognized ratably over the contract term for subscription contracts. Training revenues are recognized as the services are performed. Revenues from professional services comprised approximately 23%, 26% and 26% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020, the 2019 Successor Period and the 2019 Predecessor Period, respectively.

License. Revenues from distinct licenses are recognized upfront when the software is made available to the customer, which normally coincides with contract execution, as this is when the customer has the risks and rewards of the right to use the software. Revenues from licenses comprised approximately 3%, 6% and 8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020, the 2019 Successor Period and the 2019 Predecessor Period, respectively.

Asset sales. Revenues from asset sales are recognized when the asset, typically a kiosk, has been received by the customer and is fully operational and ready to accept transactions, which is when the customer obtains control and subject to occurrencehas the risks and rewards of uncertain future events. Accordingly, an aggregatethe asset. Asset sales were less than 1% of 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at redemption value attotal revenues for the year ended December 31, 20172020, the 2019 Successor Period and 2016,the 2019 Predecessor Period.

Significant judgments

The Company enters into contracts with its customers that may include access to SaaS, professional services, software licenses, and sales of hardware. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a customer to transfer products or services that are distinct. Determining whether products and services are distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or combined as one unit of accounting may require significant judgment.

Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of amounts that have been billed to or received from customers in advance of revenue recognition and prepayments received from customers in advance for subscription services to the Company’s SaaS offerings and related implementation and training. The Company recognizes deferred revenue as revenues when the services are performed, and the corresponding revenue recognition criteria are met. The Company receives payments both upfront and over time as services are performed. Customer prepayments are generally applied against invoices issued to customers when services are performed and billed. Deferred revenue is reduced as services are provided and the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized as revenues during the succeeding twelve-month period are recorded in current liabilities as deferred revenue – current portion, and the remaining portion is recorded in long-term liabilities as deferred revenue – less current portion. Revenues of approximately $17.3 million, $8.6 million, and $2.2 million were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 Successor Period, the 2019 Predecessor Period, respectively, are presented as temporary equity, outsidethat were included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the shareholders’ equity sectionrespective periods.  The change in deferred revenue was as follows:

F-18

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Successor

Predecessor

February 19,

January 1, 2019

Year Ended

2019 through

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

February 18,

2020

2019

2019

Deferred revenue, beginning

$

18,610

$

8,691

$

14,947

Billings, net

53,424

41,434

4,229

Purchase accounting adjustment to deferred revenue

(5,557)

Revenue recognized ratably over time

(29,829)

(16,230)

(2,782)

Revenue recognized over time as delivered

(11,109)

(8,326)

(1,269)

Revenue recognized at a point in time

(7,190)

(6,959)

(877)

Deferred revenue, ending

$

23,906

$

18,610

$

8,691

Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of salaries and benefits of personnel relating to our hosting operations and support, implementation, and grants research. Cost of revenues includes data center costs including depreciation of the Company’s accompanying balance sheets.data center assets, third-party licensing costs, consulting fees, and the amortization of acquired technology from recent acquisitions.

Share-based Compensation

The Company expenses share-based compensation over the requisite service period based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards. Share-based awards with graded-vesting schedules are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based awards represent management’s best estimates, involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

Expected Term — The expected term of options represents the period that the Company’s share-based awards are expected to be outstanding based on the simplified method, which is the half-life from vesting to the end of its contractual term.

Expected Volatility — The Company computes share price volatility over expected terms based on comparable companies’ historical common stock trading prices.

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on the U.S. Treasuries implied yield with an equivalent remaining term.

Expected Dividend — The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on common shares and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, uses an expected dividend yield of zero in valuation models.

The following are the assumptions used for the stock option grant on February 19, 2019:

Exercise price

    

$

1.82

Expected term (years)

 

5.1

Expected stock price volatility

 

73.5

%

Risk-free rate of interest

 

2.5

%

F-19

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

In accordance with ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, the Company records forfeitures as they occur.

Net IncomeLoss per Share

Net incomeloss per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares of common stock outstanding during the period. An aggregateDiluted net income per common share is computed similar to basic net income per common share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or other obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Due to the net loss for the Successor Period, diluted and basic loss per share are the same.

Securities that could potentially dilute loss per share in the future that were not included in the computation of 53,295,619 and 52,909,602 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemptiondiluted loss per share at December 31, 20172020 and 2016, respectively, have been excluded from the calculation of basic income per ordinary share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the trust earnings. The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the initial public offering (including the consummation of the over-allotment) and Private Placement to purchase an aggregate of 27,093,334 shares of the Company’s class A ordinary shares in the calculation of diluted income per share, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.2019 are as follows:

45

2020

2019

Warrants to purchase common stock

    

27,093,334

27,093,334

Unvested restricted stock units

 

3,280,290

3,278,324

Options to purchase common stock

 

245,904

274,559

Total

 

30,619,528

30,646,217

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognizedrecorded for the estimatedexpected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable incomeevents that have been recognized in the yearsCompany’s financial statements or tax returns using the asset and liability method. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events other than changes in which those temporary differencesthe tax laws or rates are expected to be recovered or settled.considered. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilitiestaxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period ofthat includes the enactment date. Valuation allowancesDeferred tax assets are established, when necessary,recognized for temporary differences that will result in deductible amounts in future years and for tax carryforwards if, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce their deferred tax assets to the net amount expectedthat they believe is more likely than not to be realized. The Company considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.

FASB ASC 740 prescribesA tax position is recognized as a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute forbenefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected toposition would be takensustained in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized,examination, with a tax position must be more-likely-than-notexamination being presumed to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Basedoccur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on its analysis,examination. For tax positions not meeting the Company has determined that it has not incurred any liability for unrecognized“more likely than not” test, no tax benefits as of December 31, 2017.benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognizedincome tax benefits asmatters in income tax expense. No amounts were accrued

As a result of the Acquisition, a temporary difference between the book fair value and tax basis for the paymentassets acquired of interest$39.9 million was created, resulting in a deferred tax liability and penalties atadditional goodwill. During the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment decreasing the deferred tax liability and goodwill by $11.0 million due to a decrease in intangible assets and updated information regarding facts and circumstances which existed as of the date of the business combination.  See Note 3 and 9.

F-20

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

On January 1, 2020, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2018-13, Changes to Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820), which improved the effectiveness of disclosure requirements for recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. The standard removes, modifies, and adds certain disclosure requirements. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40) – Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract.  ASU 2018-15 aligns the accounting for implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the accounting for implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40 – Internal Use Software, in order to determine which costs to capitalize and recognize as an asset and which costs to expense.  The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2017, the FASB issued guidance which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by no longer requiring an entity to determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.  Under this new guidance, an entity would perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, an entity would consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable.  Under the new guidance, an entity continues to have the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017.15, 2019 and interim periods within those years.   The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by, among other provisions, recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under previous GAAP. For public companies, ASU 2016-02 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 (including interim periods within those periods) using a modified retrospective approach and early adoption is currentlypermitted. In transition, entities may also elect a package of practical expedients that must be applied in its entirety to all leases commencing before the adoption date, unless the lease is modified, and permits entities to not awarereassess (a) the existence of any issuesa lease, (b) lease classification or (c) determination of initial direct costs, as of the adoption date, which effectively allows entities to carryforward accounting conclusions under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.previous GAAP. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides entities an optional transition method to apply the guidance under Topic 842 as of the adoption date, rather than as of the earliest period presented. The Company is subjectadopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2019, using the optional transition method to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income byapply the Governmentnew guidance as of January 1, 2019, rather than as of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman federal income tax regulations, income taxes are not leviedearliest period presented, and elected the package of practical expedients described above. Based on the Company. Consequently,analysis, on January 1, 2019, the Company recorded right of use assets of approximately $3.9 million and a related lease liability of approximately $4.0 million.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes are not reflectedtaxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in the Company’s financial statements.Topic 740 and clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods beginning

F-21

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company’s managementCompany does not expect that the total amountimpact of unrecognized tax benefitsthis guidance will materially change over the next twelve months.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

·Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;
·Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and
·Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

ASC 820,Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, requires all entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities for which it is practicable to estimate fair value, and defines fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. As of December 31, 2017, the recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate the fair values due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effectimpact on its financial statements.

In June 2020, the Company’sFASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40). This standard eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted EPS computation. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022 using the fully retrospective or modified retrospective method. Early adoption is permitted but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Initial Public OfferingBusiness Combination

Business Combination

On November 1, 2016,February 19, 2019, the Company sold 55,200,000 units at a purchase priceconsummated the Business Combination, pursuant to which it acquired each of $10.00 per unit in the initial public offering, including the issuance of 7,200,000 units as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option in full. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary shareBonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica, and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“public warrant”). Each whole public warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 6). No fractional public warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole public warrants will trade.

The Company incurred offering costs of approximately $31 million, inclusive of approximately $30.36 million of underwriting fees. The Company paid $11.04 million of underwriting fees uponSherpa. In connection with the closing of the initial public offering and deferred $19.32 million of underwriting fees until the consummation of the initial business combination.

46

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4. Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

The Company initially issued 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares as of August 17, 2016. On October 14 and October 26, 2016, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 11,500,000 and 13,800,000 founder shares outstanding, respectively. In October 2016, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of the Company’s independent director nominees at the same per-share purchase price paid by the Sponsor. The foregoing transfers of founder shares were made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities ActBusiness Combination (the “Closing”), pursuant to the so-called 4(a)(1)-½ exemption.GTY Agreement among the Company, GTY Cayman, and GTY Technology Merger Sub, Inc. (“GTY Merger Sub”), merged with and into GTY Cayman, with GTY Cayman surviving the merger as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and in connection therewith the Company changed its name from GTY Govtech, Inc. to GTY Technology Holdings Inc. The founderacquisition qualifies as a business combination under ASC 805. Accordingly, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition-date fair values, with any excess recognized as goodwill.

Bonfire Acquisition

Under the Bonfire agreement, at Closing, the Company acquired Bonfire for aggregate consideration of approximately $48.0 million in cash and 2,156,014 shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinaryof Company common stock valued at $10.00 per share and 2,161,741 shares upon the consummation of a business combinationrelated company (“Bonfire Exchangeco”), each of which is exchangeable for shares of Company common stock on a one-for-one basis at any time of the choosing of the holders of Bonfire capital stock (the “Bonfire Holders”). Of the shares issued to Bonfire Holders, 2,008,283 shares of Company common stock and 2,093,612 exchangeable shares in the capital stock of Bonfire Exchangeco (the “Bonfire Exchangeco Shares”) are subject to adjustments. As a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option, no founder shares were surrendered to the Company by the Sponsor.

The initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer assign or sell any of the founder shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until the earlier to occur of (i)restrictions for one year, after the completion of a business combination, orwhich such transfer restrictions may be lifted earlier if, subsequent to a business combination, the closingClosing, (i) the last sale price of the Class A ordinary sharesCompany common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the completion of a business combination andClosing, or (ii) the date following the completion ofCompany consummates a business combination on which the Company completes asubsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’sits shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares of Company common stock for cash, securities or other propertyproperty. In addition, approximately $3.1 million in cash and 690,000 shares of Company common stock were deposited into escrow for a period of up to one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of the (“Lock-Up Period”).Bonfire Holders.  In September 2020, the cash and shares were released from escrow and delivered to the Bonfire Holders.

Additionally, in accordance with the Bonfire agreement, 1,218,937 unvested options to purchase shares of Bonfire common stock were converted into 408,667 options to purchase shares of Company common stock.

Private Placement WarrantsDuring the 2019 Successor Period, 193,645 shares of the Bonfire Exchangeco Shares were converted into the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis. The Bonfire Exchangeco Shares were subject to the transfer restrictions

F-22

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

described above, and the common stock issued for these shares were subject to the same transfer restrictions, discussed above.

ConcurrentlyDuring the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment for the decrease in aggregate consideration of $0.1 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustment in accordance with the Bonfire agreement.

CityBase Acquisition

Under the CityBase agreement, at Closing, the Company acquired CityBase for aggregate consideration of approximately $62.2 million in cash and 3,155,961 shares of Company common stock valued at $10.00 per share. Holders of CityBase stock, (“CityBase Holders”) may elect to have their shares subject to transfer restrictions for up to one year or to have their shares subject to redemption at the Company’s option for a promissory note in an amount equal to $10.00 per share redeemed, which note would bear interest at a rate of 8% per annum in the first year after issuance and 10.0% per annum thereafter (subject to an increase of 1% for each additional 6 months that has elapsed without full payment of such note) (which option was not exercised and expired on the 90th day after the Closing). Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, certain of the CityBase Holders agreed to purchase 380,937 Class A Ordinary Shares of GTY Cayman with the proceeds they would have otherwise received from the closing of the CityBase Transaction, which resulted in an approximate $3.8 million reduction to the amount of cash payable to the CityBase Holders. In addition, approximately $2.1 million in cash and 1,000,000 shares of Company common stock were deposited into escrow for a period of up to one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of the CityBase Holders.  To date, $1.1 million in cash has been reimbursed to the Company for qualified legal expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded measurement period adjustments for (i) the increase in the aggregate consideration of $0.2 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustment in accordance with the CityBase Agreement, and (ii) the conversion of $0.04 million of stock consideration to cash consideration for the correction of an investor’s status to a non-accredited investor.

eCivis Acquisition

Under agreements with eCivis, at Closing, the Company acquired eCivis for aggregate consideration of approximately $14.0 million in cash and 2,883,433 shares of Company common stock valued at $10.00 per share, including 703,631 shares of the Company’s common stock, that are redeemable for cash at any time in the sole discretion of the Company for a price of $10.00 per share (the “Redeemable Shares”).  Upon redemption of the Redeemable Shares, the Company will simultaneously redeem additional shares from the holder of eCivis capital stock (“eCivis Holder”) equal to 40% of the number of Redeemable Shares being redeemed (the “Additional Shares”) at $10 per share.    If the Redeemable Shares are not redeemed by February 12, 2021, the Company will be subject to issuing additional shares, as calculated based on the number of outstanding Redeemable Shares.  The shares not subject to a redemption right are subject to transfer restrictions for one year, provided; however, such transfer restrictions may be lifted earlier if, subsequent to the Closing, (i) the last sale price of the Company common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after Closing, or (ii) the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of its shareholders having the right to exchange their shares of Company common stock for cash, securities or other property. In addition, approximately $3.6 million in cash and 242,200 shares of Company common stock were deposited into escrow for a period of up to one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of the eCivis Holders.  In October 2020, the shares held in escrow and $1.9 million in cash were released to the eCivis Holders and $0.2 million was reimbursed to the Company for qualified legal expenses.

During the 2019 Successor Period, 178,571 Redeemable Shares and 71,428 Additional Shares were redeemed.  On January 7, 2021, the remaining redeemable shares outstanding were redeemed for approximately $8 million.

F-23

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

During the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment for the increase in aggregate consideration of $0.5 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustment in accordance with the eCivis agreements.

Open Counter Acquisition

Under agreements with Open Counter, at Closing, the Company acquired Open Counter for aggregate consideration of approximately $9.7 million in cash and 1,580,990 shares of Company common stock valued at $10.00 per share that were redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company (the “OC Redeemable Shares”) by holders of Open Counter capital stock (“Holders”).  In March 2019, the OC Redeemable Shares were redeemed for a promissory note, which was subsequently repaid in March 2019. The shares that were not subject to a redemption right are subject to transfer restrictions for one year, provided; however, such transfer restrictions may be lifted earlier if, subsequent to the Closing, (i) the last sale price of the Company common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after Closing, or (ii) the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of its shareholders having the right to exchange their shares of Company common stock for cash, securities or other property. In addition, approximately $1.3 million in cash and 164,554 shares of Company common stock were deposited into escrow for a period of one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of the Open Counter Holders.  In August 2020, the cash and shares were released from escrow and delivered to the Open Counter Holders.

During the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment for the decrease in aggregate consideration of $0.1 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustment in accordance with the Open Counter Agreement and the Open Counter Letter Agreement.

Questica Acquisition

Under agreements with Questica, at Closing, the Company indirectly acquired Questica for aggregate consideration of approximately $44.4 million in cash and an aggregate of 2,600,000 Class A exchangeable shares in the capital stock of a related company (“Questica Exchangeco”), which is exchangeable into shares of the Company’s common stock, and 1,000,000 Class B shares in the capital stock of Questica Exchangeco, which is not exchangeable into shares of Company common stock, that were issued to the holders of Questica capital stock (the “Questica Holders”). In accordance with the Questica Shareholder Agreement dated as of February 12, 2019 by and among the Company and certain Questica Holders (the “Questica Shareholder Agreement”), 500,000 Class C exchangeable shares in the capital stock of Questica Exchangeco had been redeemable at the sole discretion of the Company at any time for $5.0 million plus all accrued and unpaid dividends, and may be exchanged for shares of Company common stock beginning on the sixty-first day following the Closing for a number of shares of Company common stock equal to $5.0 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends divided by the lesser of (i) $10.00 or (ii) the 5-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) at the time of exchange. In June 2019, these shares were redeemed for 500,000 shares of the Company common stock at the market price of $7.72, or $3.9 million, and transferred to permanent equity, and $1.3 million of cash. The incremental $0.2 million above the stated redemption price was recorded as a deemed dividend in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. The Class A exchangeable shares in the capital stock of Questica Exchangeco are subject to transfer restrictions for one year, provided; however, such transfer restrictions may be lifted earlier if, subsequent to the Closing, (i) the last sale price of the Company common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after Closing, or (ii) the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of its shareholders having the right to exchange their shares of Company common stock for cash, securities or other property. In addition, approximately $0.1 million in cash and 800,000 of the exchangeable shares described above were deposited into escrow for a period of one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of the Questica Holders.  During the year ended December 31, 2020, the cash and exchangeable shares were released from escrow and delivered to the Questica Holders.

F-24

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Sherpa Acquisition

Under agreements with Sherpa, at Closing, the Company indirectly acquired Sherpa for aggregate consideration of approximately $4.2 million in cash and 100,000 shares of Company common stock (valued at $10.00 per share) all of which are redeemable for a promissory note bearing interest equal to 5.5% per annum in the first year subsequent to issuance and 8.0% per annum thereafter at the sole discretion of the Company within seven days of the Closing. In addition, approximately $0.9 million in cash was deposited into escrow for a period of one year to cover certain indemnification obligations of the holders of Sherpa units.  In August 2020, the cash was released from escrow and delivered to the Sherpa owner.

During the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment for the decrease in aggregate consideration of $0.2 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustment in accordance with the Sherpa agreements.

The following is a summary of the initial consideration paid and issued to each Acquired Company:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Deferred

Cash

Stock

Contingent

Adjusted

Tax

Consideration

Consideration

Consideration

Total

Net Assets

Goodwill

Intangibles

Liability

Bonfire

$

51,068

$

50,078

(1)

$

325

$

101,471

$

3,639

$

81,964

$

22,668

$

6,800

CityBase

 

64,261

 

41,560

 

48,410

 

154,231

 

782

 

119,741

 

48,155

 

14,447

eCivis

 

17,592

 

31,256

 

5,859

 

54,707

 

(1,788)

 

47,397

 

12,997

 

3,899

OpenCounter

 

10,958

 

17,455

 

0

 

28,413

 

(1,441)

 

22,524

 

10,471

 

3,141

Questica

 

44,494

 

31,000

(2)

 

9,311

 

84,805

 

3,652

 

57,479

 

33,821

 

10,147

Sherpa

 

5,105

 

1,000

 

1,898

 

8,003

 

1,066

 

3,497

 

4,914

 

1,474

Total

$

193,478

$

172,349

$

65,803

$

431,630

$

5,910

$

332,602

$

133,026

$

39,908

(1)

Includes $21.6 million of convertible stock consideration

(2)

Includes $31.0 million of convertible stock consideration

During the 2019 Successor Period, the Company made the Measurement Period Adjustments that resulted in (i) an increase in the aggregate consideration of the Acquisition of $0.4 million relating to the settlement of the working capital adjustments, (ii) the conversion of $0.04 stock consideration to cash consideration for the correction of an investor’s status to a non-accredited investor, and (iii) a decrease in intangible assets of $4.4 million, (iv) a decrease in contingent consideration as a result of the Acquisition of $7.5 million and (v) a decrease in the related deferred tax liability of $11.0 million due to updated information regarding facts and circumstances which existed as of the date of the business combination.  The Measurement Period Adjustments resulted in a net decrease to goodwill of $13.8 million.  

F-25

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The following table is a summary of the measurement period adjustments to consideration paid and issued to each Acquired Company:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Deferred

 

Cash

 

Stock

Contingent

 

Adjusted

 

Tax

Consideration

Consideration

Consideration

Total

Net Assets

Goodwill

Intangibles

 

Liability

Bonfire

$

(97)

$

$

$

(97)

$

$

(299)

$

202

$

CityBase

 

246

 

(42)

 

(7,535)

 

(7,331)

 

 

(13,384)

 

(2,241)

 

(8,294)

eCivis

 

481

 

 

 

481

 

 

990

 

(1,071)

 

(562)

OpenCounter

 

 

 

 

 

 

(568)

 

(139)

 

(707)

Questica

 

 

 

 

 

 

492

 

(492)

 

Sherpa

 

(214)

 

 

 

(214)

 

 

(1,000)

 

(688)

 

(1,474)

Total

$

416

$

(42)

$

(7,535)

$

(7,161)

$

$

(13,769)

$

(4,429)

$

(11,037)

The following table is a summary of the final consideration paid and issued to each Acquired Company including the Measurement Period Adjustments:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Deferred

 

Cash

 

Stock

Contingent

 

Adjusted

 

Tax

Consideration

Consideration

Consideration

Total

Net Assets

Goodwill

Intangibles

 

Liability

Bonfire

$

50,971

$

50,078

(1)

$

325

$

101,374

$

3,639

$

81,665

$

22,870

$

6,800

CityBase

 

64,507

 

41,518

 

40,875

 

146,900

 

782

 

106,357

 

45,914

 

6,153

eCivis

 

18,073

 

31,256

 

5,859

 

55,188

 

(1,788)

 

48,387

 

11,926

 

3,337

OpenCounter

 

10,958

 

17,455

 

 

28,413

 

(1,441)

 

21,956

 

10,332

 

2,434

Questica

 

44,494

 

31,000

(2)

 

9,311

 

84,805

 

3,652

 

57,971

 

33,329

 

10,147

Sherpa

 

4,891

 

1,000

 

1,898

 

7,789

 

1,066

 

2,497

 

4,226

 

Total

$

193,894

$

172,307

$

58,268

$

424,469

$

5,910

$

318,833

$

128,597

$

28,871

(1)Includes $21.6 million of convertible stock consideration
(2)Includes $31.0 million of convertible stock consideration

The following table represents the final allocation of consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated acquisition-date fair values, including the Measurement Period Adjustments discussed above:

F-26

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

    

Bonfire

    

CityBase

    

eCivis

    

OpenCounter

    

Questica

    

Sherpa

    

Total

Cash

$

4,641

$

2,191

$

136

$

107

$

6,762

$

632

$

14,469

Accounts receivable, net

 

323

 

1,018

 

720

 

46

 

1,257

 

587

 

3,951

Prepaid expense and other current assets

 

607

 

170

 

340

 

0

 

77

 

33

 

1,227

Fixed assets

 

118

 

500

 

56

 

29

 

182

 

2

 

887

Loan receivable - related party

 

0

 

175

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

175

Right of use assets

 

1,315

 

0

 

901

 

0

 

296

 

0

 

2,512

Other assets

 

369

 

783

 

30

 

0

 

1,061

 

0

 

2,243

Intangible assets

 

22,870

 

45,914

 

11,926

 

10,332

 

33,329

 

4,226

 

128,597

Goodwill

 

81,665

 

106,357

 

48,387

 

21,956

 

57,971

 

2,497

 

318,833

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(1,085)

 

(1,192)

 

(586)

 

(124)

 

(909)

 

(188)

 

(4,084)

Contract liabilities

 

(1,221)

 

(816)

 

(1,635)

 

(483)

 

(2,774)

 

0

 

(6,929)

Lease liability - short term

 

(366)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(296)

 

0

 

(662)

Deferred tax liability

 

(6,800)

 

(6,153)

 

(3,337)

 

(2,434)

 

(10,147)

 

0

 

(28,871)

Other current liabilities

 

0

 

0

 

(3)

 

(491)

 

(767)

 

0

 

(1,261)

Capital lease obligations - current portion

 

0

 

(139)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(139)

Contract and other long-term liabilities

 

(60)

 

(1,646)

 

(56)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(1,762)

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

 

0

 

(262)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(262)

Long term debt

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(525)

 

0

 

0

 

(525)

Lease liability - long term

 

(1,002)

 

0

 

(901)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(1,903)

Contingent consideration - pre-existing

 

0

 

0

 

(790)

 

0

 

(1,237)

 

0

 

(2,027)

Total consideration

$

101,374

$

146,900

$

55,188

$

28,413

$

84,805

$

7,789

$

424,469

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs incurred by the Company associated with the Acquisition were $37.0 million in the 2019 Successor Period.

Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In connection with the business combinations on February 19, 2019, the Company recognized goodwill and certain identifiable intangible assets, which were subsequently adjusted with measurement period adjustments. See Note 3.

Goodwill

The following table provides a rollforward of Goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 Successor Period:

F-27

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Bonfire

CityBase

eCivis

Open Counter

Questica

Sherpa

Total

Balance at February 18, 2019

Goodwill in purchase price allocation

81,964

119,741

47,397

22,524

57,479

3,497

332,602

Measurement period adjustment

(299)

(13,384)

990

(568)

492

(1,000)

(13,769)

Goodwill impairment

(12,921)

(18,030)

(1,247)

(32,198)

Balance at December 31, 2019

68,744

88,327

47,140

21,956

57,971

2,497

286,635

Goodwill impairment

(2,000)

(2,000)

Balance at December 31, 2020

68,744

88,327

45,140

21,956

57,971

2,497

284,635

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the estimated fair values of the reporting units to their relative carrying values.  The Company uses the income and market methods to estimate the fair value of the asset, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows of the respective reporting unit.  Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and probability).  Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.  

The Company believes its estimates and assumptions utilitized in its impairment testing are reasonable and are comparable to those that would be used by other marketplace participants.  However, actual events and results could differ substantially from those used in the valuations.  To the extent such factors result in a failure to achieve the level of projected cash flows initially used to estimate fair value for purposes of establishing or subsequently impairing the carrying mount of goodwill, the Company may need to record additional non-cash impairment charges in the future.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded goodwill impairment of $2.0 million. During 2020, the Company determined that the fair value of the eCivis reporting unit was less than its carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded a $2.0 million impairment charge.  This reduction was largely due to the reporting unit’s inability to service its existing backlog during the Covid-19 pandemic.  Significant judgment was required to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, and the Company obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist.  To demonstrate the sensitivity of the estimates, a change in 100 basis points of the discount rate would result in an approximate 8% change in the fair value of the reporting unit.

For the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded goodwill impairment of $32.2 million. The reporting units CityBase, Bonfire, and eCivis reported an $18.0 million, $12.9 million and $1.2 million impairment charge, respectively.  These reductions were largely due to material differences between revenue growth forecasts and actual results.  Significant judgment was required to estimate the fair value of these reporting units, and the Company obtained the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist.

Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

December 31, 2020

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

Net Carrying Amount

Patents / Developed Technology

$

60,084

$

(14,026)

$

46,058

Trade Names / Trademarks

16,348

(3,227)

13,121

Customer Relationships

51,003

(9,514)

41,489

Non-Compete Agreements

1,162

(723)

439

Total Intangibles

$

128,597

$

(27,490)

$

101,107

F-28

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

December 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Accumulated Amortization

Net Carrying Amount

Patents / Developed Technology

$

60,084

$

(6,496)

$

53,588

Trade Names / Trademarks

16,348

(1,579)

14,769

Customer Relationships

51,003

(4,400)

46,603

Non-Compete Agreements

1,162

(334)

828

Total Intangibles

$

128,597

$

(12,809)

$

115,788

Amortization expense recognized by the Company related to intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 Successor Period was $14.7 million and $12.8 million, respectively. Amortization expense recognized by the Predecessor for the 2019 Predecessor Period was $32,000.  There were no impairment charges recorded for amortizable intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2020, the 2019 Successor Period and the 2019 Predecessor Period.

The following are the useful lives of acquired intangible assets:

Useful Lives (Years)

Patents / Developed Technology

8

Trade Names / Trademarks

1-10

Customer Relationships

10

Non-Compete Agreements

3

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2021

 

14,611

Year ended December 31, 2022

 

14,276

Year ended December 31, 2023

 

14,224

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

14,263

Year ended December 31, 2025

14,224

Thereafter

 

29,509

$

101,107

Note 5. Related Party Transactions

Convertible Note

On August 8, 2018, GTY Cayman issued the Convertible Note to GTY Investors, LLC (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which GTY Cayman was able to borrow up to $1 million from the Sponsor from time to time. The Convertible Note did not bear interest. The Sponsor had the option to convert any amounts outstanding under the Convertible Note, up to $1.0 million in the aggregate, into warrants at a conversion price of $1.50 per warrant. The terms of such warrants were identical to the private placement warrants. During the period ended March 31, 2019, GTY drew down $0.4 million on the Convertible Note, resulting in $1.0 million principal amount outstanding. The $1.0 million principal amount was offset against amounts due from the Sponsor (see “Agreements and Arrangements with Certain Institutional Investors”) and, as of December 31, 2019, there was no amount outstanding under the Convertible Notes.

Agreements and Arrangements with Certain Institutional Investors

On February 13, 2019, GTY Cayman, the Sponsor, William D. Green, Joseph M. Tucci and Harry L. You (Messrs. Green, Tucci and You, collectively, the “Founders”) entered into agreements and arrangements with certain institutional

F-29

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

investors pursuant to which a total of 1,500,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of GTY Cayman were not redeemed in connection with the business combination (the “Outstanding Cayman Shares”). The holder of Outstanding Cayman Shares which were converted into shares of the Company’s common stock on the Closing Date on a one-for-one basis is entitled to put such shares to the Sponsor and the Founders for a purchase price equal to the price at which GTY Cayman redeemed Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the business combination, $10.29 (the “redemption price”), payment of such purchase price is guaranteed by the Company, and to receive from the Company a cash payment, if and to the extent necessary, but not to exceed $250,000, in order to provide such shareholder with at least a 5% return on such shares above the redemption price. With respect to 1,000,000 of the Outstanding Cayman Shares, GTY Cayman engaged a broker-dealer to facilitate the purchase of the Outstanding Cayman Shares by an institutional investor prior to the Closing for $9.90 per share and agreed to pay such broker-dealer an amount per share in cash equal to the difference between the redemption price and $9.90. In addition, the Sponsor and the Founders entered into agreements prior to the Closing pursuant to which they were obligated to reimburse the holders of an additional 1,942,953 Class A Ordinary Shares that were not redeemed in connection with the business combination (the “Outstanding Class A Shares”) for losses that may be incurred upon the sale of the Outstanding Class A Shares within a specified period following the Closing, up to an agreed-upon limit, and the Company agreed to guarantee such reimbursement obligations of the Sponsor. During the Q1 2019 Successor Period, the Company, on behalf of the Sponsor, paid $4.0 million for losses incurred upon the sale of the Outstanding Class A Shares and, in turn, the Company reduced its convertible note liability for $1.0 million (see “Convertible Note”). During the 2019 Successor Period, the Sponsor reimbursed the Company for the remaining $3.0 million for such losses on the Outstanding Class A Shares. As of December 31, 2019, the Outstanding Class A Shares are no longer guaranteed by the Founders or the Company.

Note 6. Share-Based Compensation

Stock Options

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company adopted a stock option plan and issued 408,667 stock options to employees. The total fair value of the stock options at the grant date was $3.6 million.

A summary of stock option activity is as follows:

    

    

    

Weighted

    

Average

Weighted

Remaining

Average

Contractual

Total

Number of

Exercise

Life (in

Intrinsic

Shares

Price

years)

Value

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

274,559

$

2.14

 

7.9

$

1,293

Granted

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(8,080)

1.16

Forfeited/expired

 

(20,575)

1.16

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

245,904

$

2.26

 

7.0

$

1,130

Options vested and exercisable

 

172,582

$

2.24

6.9

$

795

For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded approximately $0.5 million and $2.6 million of share-based compensation expense, respectively, related to the options. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has $0.5 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost which will be recognized over 0.6 years.

Restricted Stock Units

Subsequent to the Acquisition, the Company adopted a plan to issue restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to employees as annual performance awards. RSUs may vest in ratable annual installments over either two or four years, as applicable,

F-30

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

from the grant date, or RSUs may vest subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions over a three-year performance period, in each case, assuming continuous service by the employees through the applicable vesting dates.

A summary of the Company's restricted stock units and related information is as follows:

    

    

Weighted Average

Number of Units

Grant Price

Unvested as of December 31, 2019

 

3,278,324

$

6.55

Granted

 

3,054,100

5.05

Vested

(786,137)

5.20

Forfeited/expired

 

(2,265,997)

7.33

Unvested as of December 31, 2020

 

3,280,290

$

4.94

For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the 2019 Successor Period, the Company recorded approximately $8.2 million and $2.8 million of share-based compensation expense, respectively, related to the RSUs. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to all unvested restricted stock units of $11.3 million. The weighted average remaining contractual term of unvested RSUs that is time based is approximately 1.1 years at December 31, 2020.  As of December 31, 2020, 731,032 unvested RSUs contained performance conditions.

Note 7. Leases

The Company leases office space under agreements classified as operating leases that expire on various dates through 2030. Such leases do not require any contingent rental payments, impose any financial restrictions, or contain any residual value guarantees. Certain of the Company’s leases include renewal options and escalation clauses; renewal options have not been included in the calculation of the lease liabilities and right of use assets as the Company is not reasonably certain to exercise the options. Variable expenses generally represent the Company’s share of the landlord’s operating expenses. The Company does not act as a lessor or have any leases classified as financing leases.

The following summarizes quantitative information about the Company’s leases:

Year Ended December 31, 2020

    

Bonfire

    

CityBase

    

eCivis

Questica

    

Total

Finance lease cost

Amortization of right-of-use assets

$

$

68

$

$

$

68

Interest

159

159

Operating lease cost

431

610

260

581

1,882

Total least cost

$

431

$

837

$

260

$

581

$

2,109

    

Bonfire

    

CityBase

    

Questica

    

Total

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) – finance leases

N/A

1.2

N/A

1.2

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) – operating leases

 

1.5

 

0.9

 

9.7

 

7.5

Weighted-average discount rate – finance leases

N/A

13.3

%  

N/A

13.3

%

Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases

 

9.9

%  

 

10.0

%  

 

4.8

%  

 

6.2

%

F-31

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

As of December 31, 2020, future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases are as follows:

    

Bonfire

    

CityBase

    

Questica

    

Operating Leases

 

Finance Leases

Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

482

 

458

 

404

 

1,344

581

Year Ended December 31, 2022

 

257

 

 

405

 

662

197

Year Ended December 31, 2023

 

 

 

361

 

361

Year Ended December 31, 2024

 

 

 

346

 

346

Year Ended December 31, 2025

413

413

Thereafter

 

 

 

2,087

 

2,087

Total

 

739

 

458

 

4,016

 

5,213

778

Less present value discount

 

(44)

 

(38)

 

(888)

 

(970)

(50)

Present value of lease liabilities

$

695

$

420

$

3,128

$

4,243

$

728

Note 8. Term Loans

Credit Facility

On February 14, 2020, the Company entered into an unsecured term loan credit facility (“February 2020 Credit Facility) that provides for borrowing of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $12.0 million.  The credit facility had a maturity date of twelve months from the borrowing date of the term loans.  On the closing date, the Company fully drew on the credit facility net of deferred issuance costs of $0.7 million.  The $0.7 million of deferred issuance costs included $0.4 million of fees to be applied against interest and $0.3 million of other issuance costs.  Amounts outstanding under the credit facility bore interest from the date the term loans were first made until the last day of the fiscal month immediately following the six-month anniversary of such initial borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to twelve percent.  Commencing on the first day of each fiscal month thereafter, the interest rate increased by 1 percent per annum until the termination date.  The February 2020 Credit Facility was terminated on November 13, 2020 and $0.2 million of unamortized deferred issuance costs were expensed and included in other income, net.

On November 13, 2020, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan facility (“November 2020 Credit Facility”) that provides for borrowing of term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000. The November 2020 Credit Facility has a maturity date of 30 months from the borrowing of the term loans. On the closing date, the Company fully drew on the November 2020 Credit Facility and replaced the Company's February 2020 Credit Facility. Amounts outstanding under the November 2020 Credit Facility accrue interest at a rate of 8 percent plus LIBOR or 8.15% at December 31, 2020 and 2 percent payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest.  The November 2020 Credit Facility is supported by a security interest in the assets of the Company and includes certain financial covenants pertaining to annual recurring revenue, revenue, and cash.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company was compliant with all financial covenants.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $1.1 million of interest expense under the February 2020 and November 2020 Credit Facilities and approximately $0.5 million of debt issuance costs.  At December 31, 2020, the Company had accrued approximately $0.2 million of accrued interest.

Paycheck Protection Plan Loans (PPP Loans)

In April and May 2020, the Company’s subsidiaries CityBase, eCivis, and Sherpa received $2.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in loan proceeds from the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) administered by the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”) of the United States government.  This program was established under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) which was created to provide fast and direct economic assistance for American workers and families, small businesses, and preserves jobs for American industries.  The Company is using the funds to support the compensation expenses related to its US employees.  These

F-32

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

loans mature two years from the date of issuance and accrue interest at a rate of one percent per annum.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company accounted for these loans in accordance with ASC 470.  The Company expects to seek forgiveness for these loans during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company’s term loans are summarized as follows:

November 2020
Credit Facility

PPP Loans

Total

Principal

$ 25,000

$ 3,210

$ 28,210

Payment-in-kind ("PIK") accrued interest

69

69

Unamortized deferred issuance costs

(1,647)

(1,647)

Term loans, net

$ 23,422

$ 3,210

$ 26,632

Maturity Date

May 2023

April and May 2022

Interest Rate

8% + LIBOR

1%

PIK Interest Rate

2%

0%

Note 9. Income Taxes

The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

    

2020

2019

Domestic

 

  

Federal

Current

$

234

$

Deferred

(1,640)

(6,605)

State

Current

108

3

Deferred

(251)

(3,459)

Foreign

Current

(56)

Deferred

(890)

1,522

Total

$

(2,439)

$

(8,595)

A reconciliation of the US federal statutory tax rates and the effective tax rates is as follows:

2020

2019

Statutory federal income tax provision

21.0%

21.0%

State taxes, net of federal income tax effect

4.5%

2.6%

Foreign taxes

0.6%

(8.8)%

Goodwill impairment expense

0.0%

(3.9)%

Permanent items

(6.8)%

0.0%

Nondeductible merger expenses

0.0%

(3.3)%

Valuation allowance

(14.2)%

(0.7)%

Other

0.2%

1.3%

Total

5.3%

8.2%

F-33

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprised the following temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets at December 31 and income tax attributes:

2020

2019

Deferred tax assets:

Depreciation

$

$

1,035

Settlement amount

985

985

Stock-based compensation

2,391

487

Lease liability

125

510

Net operating losses

20,858

19,094

Tax credits

589

238

Deferred revenue

1,380

Deferred commissions

819

Other

496

(32)

Total deferred tax assets

27,643

22,317

Less: valuation allowance

(7,367)

(794)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

20,276

21,523

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment

(901)

Intangible Assets

(36,177)

(41,316)

Right of use assets

(119)

(483)

State deferreds

(561)

Other

(12)

Total deferred tax liabilities

(37,770)

(41,799)

Net deferred taxes

$

(17,494)

$

(20,276)

The Company’s valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 Successor Period was approximately $7.4 and $0.8 million, respectively, relating to U.S. tax credits and federal net operating losses that we do not believe a tax benefit is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company has approximately $61.5 million of United States federal net operating losses and $9.7 million of Canadian federal net operating losses. The United States federal net operating losses will begin to expire in 2033. The Canadian federal net operating losses will begin to expire in 2039.

Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.  Such annual limitations could result in the expirations of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before their utilization.  The events that may cause ownership changes includes, but are not limited to, a cumulative stock ownership change of greater than 50% over a three-year period.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to Canadian and United States federal income tax, as well as income and franchise tax in multiple state and provincial jurisdictions. The Canadian and United States federal tax years ended December 31, 2017, and subsequent years, are open for the assessment of taxes and various state and provincial tax years ended December 31, 2016, and subsequent years, are open for the assessment of taxes.  

F-34

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act) imposed a mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and generally eliminated U.S. taxes on foreign subsidiary distribution. As a result, accumulated earnings in foreign jurisdictions are available for distribution to the U.S. without incremental U.S. taxes.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and does not anticipate any significant change to the unrecognized tax benefit balance. The Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense, if applicable. There was no interest expense or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded through December 31, 2020.

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company was involved in legal proceedings with OpenGov, Inc (“OpenGov”).  On February 19, 2020, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with OpenGov to resolve all pending claims without any admission or concession of wrongdoing by the Company or other defendants.  Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company recorded $3.3 million in acquisition costs for the 2019 Successor Period and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2019.  See Note 12.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, investors, directors and officers with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of our breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. These indemnification provisions may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is indeterminable. The Company has never paid a material claim, nor have it been sued in connection with these indemnification arrangements.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company has not accrued a liability for these indemnification arrangements because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with these indemnification arrangements is not probable or reasonably estimable.

Note 11. Shareholders’ Equity

Initial Public Offering Redemption Shares

In connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination, the Company provided the holders of its outstanding Class A ordinary shares sold in the Company’s initial public offering (the “public shareholders”) with the Sponsor purchased an aggregateopportunity to redeem all or a portion of 8,693,334 private placement warrants at $1.50 per warrant, generated gross proceeds of $13.04 million in the private placement.

Each private placement warrant is exercisabletheir public shares. The public shareholders were entitled to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share. Aredeem their public shares for a pro rata portion of the proceeds from saleremaining balance in the trust account established in connection with the Company’s initial public offering for the benefit of the private placement warrants was added toCompany’s public shareholders and into which substantially all of the proceeds from the initial public offering to be held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not completewere deposited (the “Trust Account”). The remaining 20,289,478 GTY Cayman public shares were recorded at a business combination within the Combination Period, the private placement warrants will expire worthless.

Due to Related Party

The Company’s Sponsor loaned the Company in the form of a promissory note up to $200,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to the initial public offering. The loan was non-interest bearing, unsecuredredemption value and dueclassified as temporary equity upon the closing of the initial public offering. The Company paid off all outstanding amount to the Sponsor in December 2016.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a business combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a business combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. In the event that a business combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants.

Administrative Service Fee

The Company has agreed, commencing on the effective datecompletion of the initial public offering, through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a business combination and its liquidation, to reimburse the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month for office space, and secretarial and administrative services. The Company recognized $120,000 and $20,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the periodaccordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from August 11, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, respectively, inEquity.” In connection with this agreement in the accompanying statementsBusiness Combination, 11,073,040 Class A ordinary shares of operations.GTY were

47

F-35

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

redeemed for $114.0 million, at a per share price of approximately $10.29. The remaining 9,216,438 shares with a redemption value of $88.9 million were transferred to permanent equity.

Subscription Agreement

Note 5. Commitments

Registration Rights

The holdersImmediately prior to the Closing, pursuant to subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”), dated as of various dates from January 9, 2019 through February 12, 2019, by and among GTY and certain institutional and accredited investors party thereto (the “Subscribed Investors”), GTY Cayman issued to the founder shares and private placement warrants and warrants that maybe issued upon conversionSubscribed Investors an aggregate of Working Capital Loans (and any12,863,098 Class A ordinary shares issuable uponof GTY for $10.00 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $126.4 million and paid fees of $1.1 million, including three such Subscription Agreements with certain CityBase holders (including Michael Duffy, the exercisechief executive officer of CityBase) for an aggregate of 380,937 Class A ordinary shares of GTY at a price of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $3.8 million. The Class A ordinary shares of GTY issued to the Subscribed Investors were cancelled and exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of Company common stock at the Closing.

In connection with the Subscription Agreements, immediately prior to the Closing, the Sponsor surrendered to GTY Cayman for cancellation (at no cost to GTY) 231,179 Class B (founder) shares, which have been retroactively adjusted in the accompanying statement of stockholders equity, and sold 500,000 private placement warrants held by it to an accredited investor in a private placement for an aggregate of $250,000 or $0.50 per warrant (which was $1.00 per warrant less than the price originally paid for such warrants).

GTY Merger Share Exchange

In connection with the GTY Merger, all of the issued and warrantsoutstanding shares of GTY Cayman were exchanged for an equal number of shares of GTY common stock and immediately before the exchange, each outstanding unit was separated into its component Class A ordinary share and warrant.  Upon the exchange, 22,978,520 Class A and 13,568,821 Class B shares of GTY Cayman were exchanged for an aggregate of 36,547,341 shares of common stock of GTY.

Shares issued in the Acquisition

As part of the consideration for the Acquisition, the Company issued (a) 11,973,154 shares of common stock (as adjusted by the Measurement Period Adjustment below), of which 3,955,442 are redeemable at the option of the Company (the “Acquisition Redemption Shares”) (see Note 3), (b) 2.6 million Class A and 0.5 million Class C shares (the “Class C Shares”) of Questica Exchangeco (the “Questica Shares”) and 2,161,741 shares of Bonfire Exchangeco shares (collectively, the “Exchange Shares”) that may beare exchangeable into an equal number of common stock.  The Exchange Shares are recorded as common shares of the Company.  The Company also issued upon conversion1,000,000 Class B shares of Working Capital Loans) will be entitledQuestica Shares which are not exchangeable for common stock and thus have no value. The shares issued as consideration in the Acquisition were valued at $10 per share in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

The 0.5 million Class C Shares were redeemable at the option of the shareholder at $10 per share, and thus the Company had classified the Class C Shares in the capital stock of Questica Exchangeco as temporary equity in accordance with ASC 480 - "Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity." In June 2019, these shares were redeemed for 0.5 million shares of Common Stock at the market price of $7.72, or $3.9 million, and transferred to registration rights pursuantpermanent equity, and $1.3 million of cash. The incremental $0.2 million above the stated redemption price was recorded as a deemed dividend in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.  

In April 2019, 193,645 shares of the Bonfire Exchangeco Shares were converted into the Company’s Common Stock on a one-for-one basis (see Note 3).

For the 2019 Successor Period ended December 31, 2019, there was a Measurement Period Adjustment to a registration rights agreementchange $41,500, or 4,150 shares, of stock consideration to be signed priorcash consideration (see Note 3).

F-36

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

During the year-ended December 2019, the option to orredeem 3,155,961 shares from the acquisition of CityBase was not exercised and expired and the 100,000 OC Redeemable Shares were redeemed.   As of December 31, 2019, 525,060 shares of the Acquisition Redemption Shares, resulting from the Redeemable Shares from the acquisition of eCivis, remain redeemable at the option of the Company.  The Redeemable Shares from the acquisition of eCivis require the Company to simultaneously redeem the Additional Shares (equal to 40% of the number of Redeemable Shares being redeemed).  If the Redeemable Shares are not redeemed by February 12, 2020 and February 12, 2021, respectively, the Company is required to issue additional shares, as calculated based on the effective datenumber of outstanding Redeemable Shares.  On February 20, 2020, the initial public offering. The holdersCompany issued 334,254 of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rightsadditional shares with respect to registration statements filed subsequentthe February 12, 2020 deadline and recorded a loss of $2.1 million.

In March 2020 and April 2020, 246,097 and 230,199 shares of the Bonfire Exchangeco Shares were converted into the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis, respectively.  In September 2020, to correct an over allocation of common shares held in escrow, 352,675 shares of common stock were returned to the consummation of a business combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until terminationand 352,675 of the applicable Lock-Up Period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option from October 26, 2016 to purchase up to 7,200,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, which was fully exercised on November 1, 2016.

The Company paid an underwriting discount of $0.20 per unit, or $11.04 million in the aggregate upon the consummation of the initial public offering. $0.35 per unit, or $19.32 million in the aggregate will be payableBonfire Exchangeco Shares were issued to the underwriters for deferred underwriting fees. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a business combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.Bonfire Holders.

Note 6. Shareholders’ Equity

Class A Ordinary Shares - The CompanyCommon Stock – GTY is authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of Class A ordinary sharescommon stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders

In June 2019, the Company issued 3.5 million shares of common stock in a registered direct offering for $25.5 million, at a price of $7.70 per share, net of $1.5 million of offering costs.

In June 2019, 2 Bonfire employees cashless exercised 284 stock options and the Company issued 117 shares of common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2019, Bonfire employees exercised 112,526 stock options for the issuance of 112,526 shares of common stock.

In December 2019, 97,595 shares of common stock were issued for the vesting of RSUs.

In February 2020 and April 2020, the Company issued 1,550,388 of exchangeable shares and 336,965 shares of common stock to the former shareholders of Questica and Sherpa, respectively, for contingent consideration related to achieving certain acquisition related milestones.

In December 2020, the Company issued 2.0 million shares of common stock in a registered direct offering for $7.0 million at a price of $3.50 per share.

Share Repurchases

In March 2019, the Company redeemed 100,000 shares of common stock, the OC Redeemable Shares (See Note 3), for a promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000,000, which was subsequently repaid in March 2019, and included these in Treasury Stock in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

In July 2019, in accordance with the eCivis agreements, the Company repurchased 250,000 shares of common stock (178,571 Redeemable Shares and 71,428 Additional Shares) for $2.5 million. These shares were included in Treasury Stock in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets at the stock price on the date of the Company’s Class A ordinaryrepurchases, or $1.7 million, and the remaining $0.8 million is included in Loss from repurchase of shares are entitled to one votein the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

For the 2019 Successor Period, the Company repurchased 616,366 shares of common stock for each share. At$5.2 million.  These shares were included in Treasury Stock in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets at the stock price on the date of the repurchases, or $4.2 million, and the remaining $1.0 million is included in Loss from repurchase of shares in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-37

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there are 55,200,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, including 53,295,619 and 52,909,6022020, the Company purchased 127,712 shares of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, respectively.

Class B Ordinary Shares - The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders ofcommon stock from employees under the Company’s Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share.RSU plan.

Prior to the initial business combination, only holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. Holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time. These provisions of the Company’s second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least 90% of the Company’s ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of shareholders except as required by law.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has 13,800,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Preferred Shares - The Company – GTY is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2019, there were 0 preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Warrants

At December 31, 20172020 and 2016,2019, there are no preferred shares issued orwere a total of 27,093,334 warrants outstanding.

Warrants - The publicwarrants were originally sold as part of the units offered in the IPO. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments. The warrants may only be exercised only for a whole number of shares. Noshares of common stock. NaN fractional public warrantsshares will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole public warrants will trade. The public warrants will become exercisable on the later of  (a) 30 days after the completion of a business combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the initial public offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of a business combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the public warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the sixtieth (60th ) day after the closing of the initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. The public warrants will expire five years after the completion of a business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

48

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants underlying the units sold in the initial public offering, except that the private placement warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a business combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the private placement warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees. If the private placement warrants are held by someone other than the initial shareholders or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the public warrants.

The Company may call the public warrants for redemption, (except with respect to the private placement warrants):

·in whole and not in part;
·at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
·upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and
·if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If the Company calls the public warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the public warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

The exercise pricewhole and number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjustednot in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A ordinary sharespart, at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event willof $0.01 per warrant, upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder, if, and only if, the reported last sale price of common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders. The warrants were determined to be required to net cash settleequity classified in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

F-38

Table of Contents

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Note 12. Segment Reporting

The Company conducts the warrants shares. Ifbusiness through the Company is unable to complete a business combination within the Combination Periodfollowing 6 operating segments: Bonfire, CityBase, eCivis, Open Counter, Questica and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outsideSherpa.

The accounting policies of the Trust Account withoperating segments are the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

same as those described in Note 7. Fair Value Measurements

2. Non-allocated interest expense and various other administrative costs are reflected in Corporate. Corporate assets include cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets. The following table presentsprovides operating information about the Company’s assets that are measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and indicatesreportable segments for the fair value hierarchyperiods presented (in thousands):

    

GTY

    

Bonfire

    

CityBase

    

eCivis

    

OpenCounter

    

Questica

    

Sherpa

    

Total

Successor

Year ended December 31, 2020

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total revenue

$

0

$

7,806

$

8,863

$

6,693

$

2,645

$

16,527

$

5,594

$

48,128

Cost of revenues

 

0

 

1,520

 

6,682

 

3,030

 

563

 

3,446

 

3,227

 

18,468

Income (loss) from operations

 

(10,459)

 

(4,750)

 

(22,557)

 

(4,233)

 

(2,220)

 

830

 

671

 

(42,718)

Amortization of intangible assets

0

2,658

5,504

1,310

1,208

3,526

475

14,681

Depreciation expense

0

138

459

41

221

4

863

Interest income (expense), net

(1,663)

2

(92)

(6)

1

(1,758)

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

(1,334)

691

1,922

1,294

669

(143)

(660)

2,439

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Successor

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

February 19, 2019 through December 31, 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total revenue

$

0

$

3,863

$

7,122

$

4,742

$

1,408

$

10,005

$

4,375

$

31,515

Cost of revenues

 

0

 

1,003

 

5,063

 

1,744

 

367

 

2,375

 

1,376

 

11,928

Loss from operations

 

(28,752)

 

(22,860)

 

(32,666)

 

(772)

 

(2,159)

 

(14,346)

 

(2,362)

 

(103,917)

Amortization of intangible assets

0

2,286

4,750

1,133

1,039

3,031

570

12,809

Depreciation expense

0

62

132

24

5

130

2

355

Interest income (expense), net

530

14

(327)

(1)

9

225

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

3,579

1,820

4,230

989

602

(3,285)

660

8,595

Predecessor

January 1, 2019 through February 18, 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total revenue

$

0

$

593

$

820

$

673

$

298

$

1,913

$

631

$

4,928

Cost of revenues

 

0

 

124

 

746

 

267

 

51

 

296

 

130

 

1,614

Income (loss) from operations

 

0

 

(741)

 

(1,499)

 

(265)

 

46

 

550

 

354

 

(1,555)

Amortization of intangible assets

0

32

32

Depreciation expense

0

70

33

22

1

22

148

Interest income (expense), net

0

5

(69)

(111)

5

(170)

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

0

Successor

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

As of December 31, 2020

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Goodwill

$

0

$

68,744

$

88,327

$

45,140

$

21,956

$

57,971

$

2,497

$

284,635

Assets

 

31,407

 

92,841

 

110,339

 

55,676

 

28,474

 

102,436

 

11,274

 

432,447

��

Successor

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

As of December 31, 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Goodwill

$

0

$

68,744

$

88,327

$

47,140

$

21,956

$

57,971

$

2,497

$

286,635

Assets

 

25,899

 

92,803

 

122,851

 

59,456

 

29,995

 

97,013

 

6,376

 

434,393

Revenues from North America customers accounted for greater than 90% of the valuation techniques thatCompany’s revenues for the Company utilized to determine such fair value.periods presented.

F-39

Table of Contents

December 31, 2017 Quoted Prices  Significant Other  Significant Other 
  in Active Markets  Observable Inputs  Unobservable Inputs 
Description (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
U.S. Treasury Bills $556,817,512  $-  $- 

 December 31, 2016 Quoted Prices  Significant Other  Significant Other 
  in Active Markets  Observable Inputs  Unobservable Inputs 
Description (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
U.S. Treasury Bills $552,263,774  $-  $- 

Approximately $1,000GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except share
and $900 of the balance in the Trust Account was held in cash as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.per share amounts)

Note 8.13. Subsequent Events

On January 3, 2018,7, 2021, the Company received a letter (the “Notification Letter”) from the staffpaid approximately $8.0 million for 521,429 shares of the Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) notifying the Company that the Company no longer complies with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5620(a) for continued listing duecommon stock to settle its failure to hold an annual meeting of shareholders within twelve months of the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. On February 20, 2018, the Company submitted our plan to regain complianceRedeemable Shares pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Nasdaq listing rules. eCivis Cash Waiver Letter.  See Note 3.

On March 1, 2018, Nasdaq grantedFebruary 19, 2021, the Company an exceptiongranted 849,879 restricted stock units which vest over a range of upone to 180 calendar days from the fiscal year end, or until June 29, 2018, to regain compliance. In the event the Company does not satisfy the termsthree years.

F-40

Table of the extension, Nasdaq will notify the Company that its securities will be delisted. At that time, the Company will have the opportunity to appeal the determination to a Hearings Panel. If the Company timely appeals, its securities would remain listed pending such decision. There can be no assurance that, if the Company does appeal, such appeal would be successful.Contents

49

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements Withwith Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Co-ChiefChief Executive OfficersOfficer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Co-ChiefChief Executive OfficersOfficer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2017.2019. Based upon their evaluation, our Co-ChiefChief Executive OfficersOfficer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

Our managementManagement is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f )13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f ).15d-15(f).    Under the supervision and with the participation of our Co-Chiefmanagement, including our Chief Executive OfficersOfficer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 based on2020. In making this assessment, management used the frameworkcriteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework”Internal Control—Integrated Framework.  Based on that evaluation,its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.2020.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting due to an exemption established by the JOBS Act for “emerging growth companies.”

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

NameAgeTitle
William D. Green64Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman
Joseph M. Tucci70Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman
Harry L. You58President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Randolph Cowen67Director
Paul Dacier60Director
Stephen Rohleder60Director
Charles Wert73Director

50

William D. Green, 64,Information relating to this Item will be included in an amendment to this report or the proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for our founder, has been our Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman since September 2016. Mr. Green was previously chief executive officer and chairman of the board of Accenture. Mr. Green was a director of Accenture from 2001 until 2013, and assumed the role of chairman in 2006. During Mr. Green’s time on the board, Accenture completed its initial public offering and Mr. Green was involved in the planning of Accenture’s long-term business strategy. From 2004 through 2010, Mr. Green served as Accenture’s chief executive officer, successfully navigating the company through a challenging global economic environment. During his tenure as chief executive officer, Accenture grew revenue from $13.7 billion to $21.6 billion, doubled its workforce to 211,000 employees and expanded its global footprint. Prior to serving as chief executive officer, Mr. Green was Accenture’s chief operating officer-client services with overall management responsibility for the company’s operating groups. In addition, he served as group chief executive of the Communications & High Tech operating group from 1999 to 2003. He was also group chief executive of the Resources operating group for two years. Earlier in his career, Mr. Green led the Manufacturing industry group and was managing director for Accenture’s business in the United States. Mr. Green was ranked #1 chief executive officer in the Computer Sciences & IT Consulting sector by Institutional Investor in 2007. Mr. Green has served as a director of S&P Global Inc. since 2011, a director of EMC since 2013, EMC’s independent lead director since February 2015 and a director of Inovalon Holdings, Inc. since August 2016. In addition, Mr. Green has served on the board of directors of Dell since September 2016. In addition, Mr. Green has served as chairman of the board of Accumen Inc., a healthcare testing services company, since May 2013, a director of Virtustream, Inc., a cloud computing company and subsidiary of EMC, since June 2016, a director of Pivotal Software, Inc., a software and services company and subsidiary of EMC, since July 2015, a member of the advisory board of Pactera Technology International Ltd., an IT consulting and outsourcing company, since September 2014, a member of the national board of Year Up, Inc., a non-profit offering a workforce development program for low income youth, since October 2013, and a trustee of Dean College, a private college located in Franklin, Massachusetts, since October 2004.

Mr. Green’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his extensive experience operating a publicly-listed technology company; his track record as chief executive officer of Accenture; and his network of contacts in the technology sector.

Joseph M. Tucci, 70, has been our founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman since September 2016. Mr. Tucci was chief executive officer, chairman of the board of directors and president of EMC from 2001, 2006 and 2014, respectively, until September 2016 when Dell acquired EMC. At that time, Mr. Tucci became an advisor to Dell’s founder, Michael Dell, and its board of directors. Mr. Tucci led EMC through a revitalization, transforming EMC’s business model from what had been a near-exclusive focus on high-end storage platforms into a federation of businesses that grew to include EMC, VMware, Inc. (NYSE: VMW), Pivotal Software, Inc., RSA Security LLC, VCE and Virtustream, Inc. Following the technology sector’s bust in 2001 - 2002, EMC’s revenues grew from $5.4 billion in 2002 to $24.7 billion in 2015. Acknowledging EMC's success under Mr. Tucci’s leadership, Barron's named him one of the 30 best chief executive officers in 2011 and 2012. In 2015, his final full year at EMC, EMC was named one of the world’s top 10 multinational workplaces out of 700 multinational global companies surveyed by the Great Place to Work Institute, Inc.

With Mr. Tucci setting strategy, EMC amassed a track record of successful acquisitions and partnerships to expand its technology portfolio, enter new market segments and enlarge the company's addressable market opportunity. Mr. Tucci expanded the company's marketplace beyond large enterprises to commercial and small-medium businesses, broadened the company's industry alliances, and established new selling, partnership and distribution channels. Mr. Tucci strengthened EMC's management team with the integration of executives from other major technology companies. And Mr. Tucci championed EMC's commitment to the total customer experience, to provide quality, service, innovation and interaction.

Before joining EMC, Mr. Tucci directed the financial and operational rebirth of Wang Global during six years as its chairman and chief executive officer from 1993 to 1999. At Wang Global, Mr. Tucci guided the company through a rapid and successful emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection and transformed the company from a midrange computer manufacturer into a leader in networked technology services and solutions. Under Mr. Tucci’s leadership, Wang Global acquired and integrated ten companies from 1995 through 1999. In 1999, Wang Global was acquired by Getronics NV. Prior to joining Wang Global in 1990, Mr. Tucci was President of U.S. information systems for Unisys Corporation (NYSE: UIS), or Unisys, a position he assumed after the 1986 merger of Sperry Corporation and Burroughs Corporation that created Unisys. Mr. Tucci began his career as a systems engineer at RCA Corporation and holds a B.B.A. from Manhattan College and an M.S. in Business Policy from Columbia University.

Mr. Tucci served as chairman of the board of directors of VMware from 2007 to 2016 and as a member of the board of directors of Paychex, Inc. (Nasdaq: PAYX) since 2000. From 2001 to 2016, Mr. Tucci served as one of 150 chief executive officer members of The Business Roundtable and chaired its Task Force on Education and the Workforce from 2002 to 2006. From 2001 to 2016, he was one of eight chief executive officers who steered The Technology CEO Council, the IT industry's leading public policy advocacy organization. He is one of the business leaders who forged and guided the Massachusetts Competitive Partnership since its founding in 2010. He is also a founding member of the strategic advisory board of Bridge Growth Partners, LLC, a private equity firm based in New York, and has been its chairman since October 2016. Mr. Tucci is a member of the Board of Overseers of Columbia Business School, a member of the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University, an overseer of the Boston Symphony Orchestra and a member of the board of directors of the National Academy Foundation.

Mr. Tucci’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include: his extensive executive leadership experience at EMC; his track record with complex mergers and acquisitions; his ability to achieve proven growth through various conditions; his over 40 years in the technology industry; and his network of contacts in the technology sector.

51

Harry L. You, 58, has been our founder, President, Chief Financial Officer and Director since September 2016. From 2008 to 2016, Mr. You served as the executive vice president of EMC in the office of the chairman. Mr. You joined EMC in 2008 to oversee corporate strategy and new business development, which included mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and venture capital activity. Mr. You served as a director of Korn/Ferry International, a global executive recruiting company, from 2004 to October 2016 and has been a trustee of the U.S. Olympic Committee Foundation since August 2016. Mr. You was chief executive officer of BearingPoint, a leading IT and management consultancy from 2005 to 2007. He also served as BearingPoint’s interim chief financial officer from 2005 to 2006. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. You served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Oracle Corporation (NYSE: ORCL), or Oracle, helping begin Oracle’s acquisition run with the takeovers of Peoplesoft, Inc. and Retek in 2005, and was also a member of the board of directors of Oracle Japan. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. You served as chief financial officer of Accenture, helping take the company public and leading the company to 35% annual free cash flow growth during his tenure. Mr. You also previously spent fourteen years on Wall Street, including serving as a managing director in the Investment Banking Division of Morgan Stanley, where he headed the Computer and Business Services Group. Mr. You was a #1 ranked chief financial officer by Institutional Investor in the Computer Services & IT Consulting sector in 2004. Mr. You holds an M.A. in Economics from Yale University and a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College.

Mr. You’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive and varied deal experience throughout his career, including his experience structuring Dell’s acquisition of EMC as EMC’s executive vice president, and his network of contacts in the technology sector.

Randolph Cowen, 67, has served as a director since completion of the initial public offering. Mr. Cowen served as a director of EMC from January 2009 to September 2016, and as a director of Pivotal Software, Inc. from April 2013 to September 2016. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Cowen served as the global head of technology and operations, and as the co-chief administrative officer from 2007 to 2008, at Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., where he had worked since 1982. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Cowen served as the chief information officer of Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Mr. Cowen holds a bachelor’s degree in history with a minor in mathematics from Michigan State University.

Mr. Cowen’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his experience managing information technology at Goldman Sachs.

Paul Dacier, 60, has served as a director since completion of the initial public offering. Mr. Dacier joined EMC in 1990 and served as the company’s executive vice president and general counsel until September 2016. Mr. Dacier was responsible for the worldwide legal affairs of EMC and its subsidiaries and oversaw the company’s internal audit, real estate and facilities organizations, sustainability and government affairs departments. Mr. Dacier is the vice chairman of the board of directors of AerCap Holdings N.V., an aircraft leasing company located in the Netherlands. In 2013 and 2014, Mr. Dacier was President of the Boston Bar Association. Mr. Dacier holds a bachelor’s degree in History from Marquette University,2021 Annual Stockholders’ meeting and is also a graduate of the Marquette University Law School.incorporated by reference in this report.

Mr. Dacier’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his leadership at EMC.

Stephen Rohleder, 60, has served as a director since completion of the initial public offering. Since 2015, Mr. Rohleder has been the principal owner of SGR Equity Investments. Prior to SGR Equity Investments, he spent 34 years at Accenture. Mr. Rohleder became partner at Accenture in 1992. He served as Accenture’s chief executive officer for North America from 2014 to 2015, as chief executive officer of the health and public service operating group from 2009 to 2014, and, as global chief operating officer from 2004 to 2009. As chief executive officer, Mr. Rohleder was responsible for Accenture’s business in the United States and Canada. During his tenure as chief operating officer, he was responsible for leading the company’s strategic direction and overall operational performance and was responsible for all global operations. Mr. Rohleder is currently an advisory board member at Kony, Inc., a cloud-based enterprise mobility solutions company and mobile application development platform provider. Mr. Rohleder holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration in Finance with a concentration in Computer Science from the University of Texas at Austin.

Mr. Rohleder’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive executive experience at Accenture.

Charles Wert, 73, has served as a director since completion of the initial public offering. Mr. Wert currently serves as the vice chairman and as a director at Evercore Trust Company, N.A., or Evercore, which he formed and organized and was previously the president and chief executive officer from 2009 to 2014. Prior to joining Evercore, Mr. Wert served as an executive vice president and senior trust officer of U.S. Trust Company N.A. for over 20 years. Mr. Wert also founded united Mercantile Bank and Trust Company and served as its president and senior trust officer from 1982 until 1987. Mr. Wert holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and Finance from California State University at Los Angeles.

Mr. Wert’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his track record and leadership experience at Evercore, U.S. Trust Company N.A. and united Mercantile Bank and Trust Company.

52

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors consists of seven members and is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Paul Dacier and Charles Wert, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Randolph Cowen and Stephen Rohleder, will expire at our second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of William D. Green, Joseph M. Tucci and Harry L. You, will expire at our third annual meeting of shareholders.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairmen of the board, chief executive officers, a president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Our board has established an audit committee of the board of directors. Audit committee members include Messrs. Cowen, Dacier, Rohleder and Wert. Mr. Wert serves as chairman of the audit committee. Messrs. Cowen, Dacier, Rohleder and Wert are independent.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Wert qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The responsibilities of our audit committee include:

·meeting with our registered independent public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;
·monitoring the independence of the registered independent public accounting firm;
·verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;
·inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
·pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our registered independent public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;
·appointing or replacing the registered independent public accounting firm;
·determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the registered independent public accounting firm (including resolution of disagreements between management and the registered independent public accounting firm regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;
·establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;
·monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of the prospectus for our initial public offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of the prospectus for our initial public offering; and
·reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

53

Compensation Committee

Our board has established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Compensation committee members include Messrs. Cowen and Rohleder. Mr. Rohleder serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

·reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;
·reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;
·reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;
·implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;
·assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;
·approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;
·producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
·reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who will participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Messrs. Cowen, Dacier, Rohleder and Wert. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

Prior to our business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to our board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Except for the following, none of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors: William D. Green and Randolph Cowen served on EMC's compensation committee during Joseph M. Tucci's, Harry L. You's and Paul Dacier's tenures as EMC's chief executive officer, executive vice president in the office of the chairman and executive vice president and general counsel, respectively.

54

Delinquent Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting ComplianceReports

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our ordinary shares of common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review

50

The Company is not aware of any late or delinquent filers.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our directors, executive officers and employees that complies with the rules and regulationsfilings required under Section 16(a) of the Nasdaq. The Code of Ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business. We have previously filed copies of our form of Code of Ethics, our form of Audit Committee Charter and our form of Compensation Committee Charter as exhibits to our registration statementExchange Act in connection with our initial public offering. You may review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copyrespect of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request to us in writing at 1180 North Town Center Drive, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89144 or by telephone at (702) 945-2898.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers oweCompany’s equity securities other than the following fiduciary duties:filed late due to administrative errors:

Name of Filer

Number of Reports Filed Late

Number of Transactions Not Reported on a Timely Basis

Jon Bourne

1

0

Jon Curran

1

1

Michael Duffy

1

1

David Farrell

1

2

James Ha

1

1

Justin Kerr

1

1

Craig Ross

1

2

·duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be the best interests of the company as a whole;
·duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;
·directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;
·duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;
·duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and
·duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty hasThese transactions now have been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the companyreported and the general knowledge skillCompany has designed and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty notimplemented additional controls to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in thehelp avoid future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers and directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors may become involved with subsequent blank check companies similar to our Company, although they have agreed not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our business combination or we have failed to complete our business combination by November 1, 2018.

55

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers and directors currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations: 

IndividualEntityEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
William D. GreenS&P Global Inc.Ratings, Benchmarks, Analytics and Data for the Capital and Commodity MarketsDirector
Dell Technologies, Inc.Information Technology, Hardware, Computing Devices, Software, Peripherals, Servers, Networking Storage and Services, Information Infrastructure, Cloud, Applications and Business Process ServicesDirector
Inovalon Holdings, Inc.Cloud-based Analytics and Data-driven Intervention Platforms for the Healthcare IndustryDirector
Accumen Inc.Healthcare Testing ServicesChairman
Virtustream, Inc.Cloud ComputingDirector
Pivotal Software, Inc.Software and ServicesDirector
Pactera Technology International Ltd.IT Consulting and OutsourcingAdvisory Board Member
Joseph M. TucciPaychex, Inc.Payroll, Human Resource and Benefits OutsourcingDirector
Paul DacierAerCap Holdings N.V.Aircraft LeasingVice Chairman
Stephen RohlederSGR Equity InvestmentsManagement ConsultingPrincipal Owner
Charles WertEvercore Trust CompanyInvestment Management, Independent Fiduciary and Trustee Services to Employee Benefit PlansVice Chairman and Director

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

·Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs.

·Our Sponsor purchased founder shares and private placement warrants. Our initial shareholders have entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. The other members of our management team have entered into agreements similar to the one entered into by our initial shareholders with respect to any public shares acquired by them in or after the initial public offering. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement warrants will expire worthless. Furthermore, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of: (i) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (ii) the date following the completion of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will be released from the lockup. The private placement warrants will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our executive officers and director nominees will own ordinary shares or warrants directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

56

·Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

Accordingly, if any of the above executive officers or directors become aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our Company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Furthermore, in no event will our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, be paid by the company any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Further, we have agreed to reimburse our Sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month.errors.

In the event that we submit our business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any founder shares held by them, and their permitted transferees will agree, and any public shares held by them in favor of our business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

57

Item 11. Executive Compensation.Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on October 27, 2016, through the earlier of the consummation of a business combination or our liquidation, we will reimburse our Sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services provided to us in an amount not to exceed $10,000 per month. In addition, our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the Trust Account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paidIncorporated by the company to our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other feesreference from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, toinformation under the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officercaptions "Named Executive Officer Compensation," "Director Compensation," "Compensation Discussion and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of a business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officersAnalysis," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after a business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management team to remain with us after the consummation of a business combination will be a determining factorInsider Participation" and "Compensation Committee Report" in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.2021 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forthIncorporated by reference from the information available to us at March 16, 2018 with respect to our ordinary shares held by:

·each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;
·each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially own ordinary shares; and
·all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the private placement warrants as they are not exercisable within 60 days of March 16, 2018.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage
of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
 
GTY Investors, LLC (our Sponsor)(3)  13,680,000   19.8%
William D. Green(3)  13,680,000   19.8%
Joseph M. Tucci(3)  13,680,000   19.8%
Harry L. You(3)  13,680,000   19.8%
Randolph Cowen  30,000   * 
Paul Dacier  30,000   * 
Stephen Rohleder  30,000   * 
Charles Wert  30,000   * 
All officers, directors and director nominees as a group seven individuals)  13,800,000   20.0%
The Baupost Group, L.L.C.(4)  4,400,000   6.4%
Alyeska Investment Group, L.P.(5)  4,533,436   6.6%

*Less than 1%.

58

(1)This table is based on 69,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding at March 16, 2018, of which 55,200,000 were Class A ordinary shares and 13,800,000 were Class B ordinary shares. The Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares vote together on all matters presented to shareholders for approval, exception that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, only holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the ability to elect our directors. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is 1180 North Town Center Drive, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89144.
(2)The interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our business combination.
(3)William D. Green, Joseph M. Tucci and Harry L. You are members and the managers of GTY Investors, LLC, our Sponsor, and share voting and dispositive power over the founder shares held by our Sponsor.
(4)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2017 on behalf of The Baupost Group, L.L.C. (“Baupost”), SAK Corporation (“SAK”) and Seth A. Klarman (“Mr. Klarman”), each of Baupost, SAK and Mr. Klarman holds shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 4,400,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares. Baupost acts as an investment advisor and general partner to private investment limited partnerships and purchased these securities on behalf of certain of such partnerships. SAK is the Manager of Baupost and Mr. Klarman is the sole shareholder of SAK. The business address of Baupost, SAK and Mr. Klarman is 10 St. James Avenue, Suite 1700, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(5)According to a Schedule 13G/A filed on February 14, 2018 on behalf of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. (“AIGLP”), Alyeska Fund GP, LLC (“AFG”), Alyeska Fund 2 GP, LLC (“AF2”) and Anand Parekh (“Mr. Parekh”), each of which share beneficial ownership over the 4,533,436 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock reported herein. The business address for this shareholder is 77 West Wacker Drive, 7th Floor, Chicago, IL 60601.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares and have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our business combination as a result of holding all of the founder shares. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to elect any directors to our board of directors prior to our business combination. In addition, because of their ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions.

In August, 2016, the Sponsor purchased 8,625,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. On each of October 14 and October 26, 2016, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in an aggregate of 11,500,000 and 13,800,000 founder shares outstanding, respectively. In October 2016, the Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of the Company’s independent director nominees at the same per-share purchase price paid by the Sponsor.

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,693,334 private placement warrants at a price of $1.50 per private placement warrant (a purchase price of approximately $13.04 million) in a private placement. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share.

Our Sponsor and Messrs. Green, Tucci and You are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain Relationshipscaptions "Information Regarding Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders, Directors and Related Transactions,Management" and Director Independence” below for additional information regarding"Equity Compensation Plan Information" in our relationships with our promoters.2020 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.Independence

In August through October 2016, we issued an aggregate of 11,500,000 founder shares to our Sponsor in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. In October 2016, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at the same per-share purchase price paidIncorporated by our Sponsor. The foregoing transfers of founder shares were made in reliance upon an exemptionreference from the registration requirements ofinformation under the Securities Act pursuant to the so-called 4(a)(1)-½ exemption. On October 26, 2016, we effected a share capitalization resultingcaptions "Corporate Governance at Groupon," "Board Independence and Expertise" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in our initial shareholders holding an aggregate of 13,800,000 founder shares. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the size of the initial public offering of 55,200,000 units, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after the consummation of the initial public offering.2021 Proxy Statement.

Our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 8,693,334 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant (approximately $13.04 million in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder to purchase one ordinary share at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

59

We currently maintain our executive offices at 1180 North Town Center Drive, Suite 100, Las Vegas, Nevada 89144. The cost for our use of this space is included in the up to $10,000 per month fee we pay to our Sponsor for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Other than these monthly fees, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, has or will be paid by the Company to our Sponsor, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

To finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Except as set forth above, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

In addition, the holders of the founder shares and private placement warrants and warrants that maybe issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the initial public offering. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a business combination. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable Lock-Up Period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Cowen, Dacier, Rohleder and Wert are “independent directors” as defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Nasdaq. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14. Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services.Services

Fees for professional services providedIncorporated by our independent registered public accounting firm, WithumSmith+Brown, PC since inception include:

     For the Period 
     from August 11, 
  For the Year Ended  2016 (Inception)
to
 
  December 31, 2017  December 31, 2016 
Audit Fees(1) $63,950  $74,500 
Audit-Related Fees(2)  -   - 
Tax Fees(3)  -   - 
All Other Fees(4)  -   - 
Total $63,950  $74,500 

60

(1)Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements, reviews of our quarterly financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.
(2)Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our year-end financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.
(3)Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.
(4)All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services ofreference from the information under the caption "Independent Registered Independent Public Accounting FirmFirm" in our 2021 Proxy Statement.

The audit committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the registered independent public accounting firm. In recognition of this responsibility, the audit committee shall review and, in its sole discretion, pre-approve all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the registered independent public accounting firm as provided under the audit committee charter.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1.

Consolidated Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” at “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

(b)

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted for the reason that the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto or that they are not required or are not applicable.

(c)

(c) 

Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

51

Exhibit Index

61

Exhibit No.

Description

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 12, 2018, by and among GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (Massachusetts) and GTY Technology MergerSub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018).

2.2

Arrangement Agreement, dated September 12, 2018, by and among Bonfire Interactive Ltd., GTY Cayman, 1176370 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, 1176363 B.C. Ltd. and the Bonfire Holders’ Representative named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018), as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of October 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018) and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated December 28, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2019).

2.3

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 12, 2018, by and among CityBase, Inc., GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (Massachusetts), GTY CB Merger Sub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018), as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated October 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018), Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated December 28, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2019) and Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated February 12, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019).

2.4

Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 28, 2018, by and among eCivis Inc., GTY Cayman, GTY EC Merger Sub, Inc. and the eCivis Holders’ Representative named therein. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2019), as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated January 8, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

2.5

Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 28, 2018, by and among Open Counter Enterprises Inc., GTY Cayman, OC Merger Sub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2019).

2.6

Share Purchase Agreement, dated September 12, 2018, by and among Questica Inc., Questica USCDN Inc., GTY Cayman, Fernbrook Homes (Hi-Tech) Limited, 1176368 B.C. Ltd. and each of the Questica Holders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018) as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated October 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 2.5 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018), Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated December 28, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2019) and Amendment No. 3 thereto, dated July 29, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 7, 2019).

52

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number

2.7

Description

Unit Purchase Agreement, dated September 12, 2018, by and among Sherpa Government Solutions LLC, GTY Cayman, the Sherpa Holders named therein and the Sherpa Holders’ Representative named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.7 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018) as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated October 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 2.6 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018) and Amendment No. 2 thereto, dated December 28, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2019).

2.8

Form of eCivis Shareholder Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019).

3.1

2.9

Form of Open Counter Shareholder Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019).

2.10

Questica Shareholder Agreement, dated February 12, 2019, by and among GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.), Shockt Inc. and 1176368 B.C. Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019).

2.11

Sherpa Shareholder Agreement, dated February 12, 2019, by and among GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.) and David Farrell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019).

2.12

Amendment No. 1, dated February 19, 2019, to the Amended and Restated MemorandumAgreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 28, 2018, by and among Open Counter Enterprises Inc., GTY Cayman, OC Merger Sub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.12 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2019).

2.13

Amendment No. 3, dated February 12, 2019, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 12, 2018, by and among CityBase, Inc., GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (Massachusetts), GTY CB Merger Sub, Inc. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GTY Cayman's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019).

3.1

Articles of AssociationOrganization of the RegistrantGTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’sCompany's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2019).

3.2

Restated Articles of Organization of GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2019).

3.3

Bylaws of GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Annex J to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-229189), filed with the SEC on January 11, 2019).

4.1

Specimen Stock Certificate of GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-229189), filed with the SEC on January 11, 2019).

4.2

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.3 to GTY Cayman’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016)26,2016).

3.2

4.3

Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 1 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809), filed with the SEC on October 17, 2016).

4.1Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016).
4.2Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016).
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016).
4.4Warrant Agreement dated October 26, 2016, bybetween GTY Cayman and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, and the Registrantdated as of October 26, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’sGTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K, (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).

53

4.4

Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated February 19, 2019, by and between GTY Cayman, GTY Technology Holdings Inc. (f/k/a GTY Govtech, Inc.) and Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.12 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2019).

10.1

4.5

Description of Securities

10.1

Form of Letter Agreement, by and between GTY Cayman and certain investors of City Base (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 16, 2018).

10.2

Form of Subscription Agreement, by and between GTY Cayman and certain institutional and accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2019).

10.3

Subscription Agreement, dated October 26, 2016,February 13, 2019, by and among GTY Cayman and Michael Duffy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Registrant,SEC on February 14, 2019).

10.4

Letter Agreement among GTY Cayman, its officers and directors and GTY Investors, LLC, dated as of October 26, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’sGTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K, (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).

10.2

10.5

Investment Management TrustRegistration Rights Agreement among GTY Cayman, GTY Investors, LLC and the Holders signatory thereto, dated as of October 26, 2016 by and between the Registrant and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.3 to the Registrant’sGTY Cayman’s Current Report on Form 8-K, (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).

10.3

10.6

Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 26, 2016, by and among the Registrant,Form of GTY Investors, LLC and the holders party theretoTechnology Holdings Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3Annex K to the Registrant’s Current ReportCompany’s Registration Statement on Form 8-KS-4 (File No. 001-37931)333-229189), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016)January 11, 2019).

10.4

10.7

Administrative Services Agreement, dated October 26, 2016, by and between the Registrant andForm of GTY Investors, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).

10.5Private Placement Warrants PurchaseTechnology Holdings Inc. 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement dated October 26, 2016, by and between the Registrant and GTY Investors, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).
10.6Promissory Note, dated as of August 15, 2016, issued to GTY Investors, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016).
10.7Amended and Restated Securities Subscription Agreement, dated August 16, 2016, between GTY Investors, LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration StatementCompany's Current Report on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809),8-K filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016)February 25, 2019).

10.8

Form of Indemnity Agreement dated October 26, 2016, by and between the Company and William D. Green (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).

62

10.9Indemnity Agreement, dated October 26, 2016, by and between the Company and Joseph M. Tucci (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).
10.10Indemnity Agreement, dated October 26, 2016, by and between the Company and Harry L. You (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s CurrentCompany's Annual Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931),10-K filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016)March 18, 2019).

10.11

10.9

IndemnityLetter Agreement, dated October 26, 2016,May 7, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Randolph Cowen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).

10.12Indemnity Agreement, dated October 26, 2016, between the Registrant and Paul T. Dacier (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016).
10.13Indemnity Agreement, dated October 26, 2016, between the RegistrantCompany and Stephen Rohleder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’sCompany's Current Report on Form 8-K, (File No. 001-37931),filed with the SEC on May 13, 2019).

10.10

Letter Agreement, dated July 29, 2019, by and between the Company and John J. Curran (incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 14, 2019).

10.11

Amendment, dated October 25, 2019, to the Letter Agreement, dated July 29, 2019, by and between the Company and John J. Curran.

10.12

Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 5, 2019).

10.13

Credit Agreement dated February 14, 2020 by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Administrative Agent, with Nineteen77 Global Multi-Strategy Alpha Master Limited, an affiliate of UBS

54

O'Connor LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020).

10.14

Loan and Security Agreement dated November 13, 2020 by and among the Company, each of the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Acquiom Agency Services LLC, as agent for the Lenders (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016)13, 2020).

10.14

10.15

IndemnityAt Market Sales Agreement dated October 26, 2016, betweenwith B. Riley Securities, Inc. and Needham & Company with respect to an at-the-market offering program under which the RegistrantCompany may offer and Charles Wertsell, from time to time at its sole discretion, shares of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share having an aggregate offering price of up to $10,000,000 through B. Riley and Needham as its sales agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’sCompany’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37931), filed with the SEC on November 1, 2016)25, 2020).

14.1

21.1

CodeSubsidiaries of Ethicsthe Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.121.1 to the Registrant’s Registration StatementCompany's Current Report on Form S-1 (File No. 333-213809),8-K filed with the SEC on September 26, 2016)February 25, 2019).

24.1

23.1

PowerConsent of WithumSmith + Brown, PC.

24.1

Powers of Attorney (included on the signature pages herein)page of the Registration Statement).

31.1

Certification of Co-PrincipalChief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

Certification of Co-Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.3Certification of PrincipalChief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1

Certification of Co-PrincipalChief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2

Certification of Co-Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.3Certification of PrincipalChief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in exhibit 101)

63

55

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GTY TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS INC.

Date: March 16, 2018February 19, 2021

By:

/s/ William D. GreenTJ Parass

William D. Green

TJ Parass

Co-Chief

Chief Executive Officer and Co-ChairmanPresident

64

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William D. Green, Joseph M. TucciTJ Parass and Harry L. You and each or any one of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
Title
Date

/s/ TJ Parass

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

February 19, 2021

TJ Parass

(principal executive officer)

/s/ John J. Curran

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer

February 19, 2021

John J. Curran

(principal financial officer)

/s/ Justin Kerr

Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

February 19, 2021

Justin Kerr

 (principal accounting officer)

 /s/ William D. Green

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman

 Chairman of the Board

March 16, 2018

 February 19, 2021

William D. Green

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Harry L. You

Vice Chairman of the Board

February 19, 2021

Harry L. You

/s/ Randolph Cowen

Director

February 19, 2021

Randolph Cowen

/s/ Joseph M. Tucci

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman

Director

March 16, 2018

February 19, 2021

Joseph M. Tucci

(Co-Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Harry L. YouPresident, Chief Financial Officer and DirectorMarch 16, 2018
Harry L. You(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Randolph CowenDirectorMarch 16, 2018
Randolph Cowen
/s/ Paul DacierDirectorMarch 16, 2018
Paul Dacier
/s/ Stephen RohlederDirectorMarch 16, 2018
Stephen Rohleder

/s/ Charles Wert

Director

March 16, 2018

February 19, 2021

Charles Wert

65

56